Electric Scooter Insider https://www.electricscooterinsider.com/en-gb/ Wed, 02 Nov 2022 22:08:01 +0000 en-GB hourly 1 https://wordpress.org/?v=6.4.1 https://www.electricscooterinsider.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/electric-scooter-insider-favicon-100x96.png Electric Scooter Insider https://www.electricscooterinsider.com/en-gb/ 32 32 Electric Scooters With Suspension: 5 Buttery-Smooth Rides https://www.electricscooterinsider.com/en-gb/electric-scooters-with-suspension/ Tue, 09 Mar 2021 14:54:43 +0000 http://www.electricscooterinsider.com/electric-scooters-with-suspension/ You might think that speed and range are the main indicators of how good an electric scooter is, but there’s another element you can’t afford to ignore: the suspension. Ask any experienced rider and they’ll tell you that this is the secret sauce that elevates a scooter, separating the good from the downright luxurious. There […]

The post Electric Scooters With Suspension: 5 Buttery-Smooth Rides appeared first on Electric Scooter Insider.

]]>

You might think that speed and range are the main indicators of how good an electric scooter is, but there’s another element you can’t afford to ignore: the suspension.

Ask any experienced rider and they’ll tell you that this is the secret sauce that elevates a scooter, separating the good from the downright luxurious.

There are a variety of suspension systems available, including spring, hydraulic, and rubber. Each has its advantages and drawbacks and they all perform slightly differently. Yet, they share the same objective: to deliver a buttery-smooth riding experience by soaking up the terrain underfoot.

Best Electric Scooters By Suspension Capabilities:

Based on the 99+ scooters I’ve reviewed, below are my top picks.

All of the scooters listed are equipped with dual shocks, one in the front and one in the rear, supporting both wheels and diffusing vibrations and impacts throughout the whole length of the scooter.

I’ve split them depending on the type of terrain they’re best suited to, as well as included the best budget choice for those of you that need to keep an eye on your purse strings.

Click on the different terrain types below to find the best scooter for you.

Urban Street

Urban

Best suspension for roads, sidewalks, and boardwalks

Flat Terrain - grassy areas such as parks and fields

Flat Off-Road

Best suspension for grassy areas, including parks and fields.

Uneven Terrain - trails, forest and hiking paths

Uneven Off-Road

Best suspension for forest trails and hiking paths.

Rough Terrain - hilly, rocky, bumpy and mountain-esque

Rough Off-Road

Best suspension for hilly, rocky, and mountain-esque terrain.

See Summary List of Best Electric Scooters with Suspension

  1. Horizon 10.4– Best suspension for those on a budget.
  2. Apollo Explore – Best suspension for roads, sidewalks, and boardwalks.
  3. Apollo Pro 52V – Best suspension for grassy areas including parks and fields.
  4. INOKIM Ox Hero – Best suspension for forest trails and hiking paths.
  5. Wolf Warrior – Best suspension for hilly, rocky, and mountain-esque terrain.

Best Suspension for Those on a Budget:

Horizon 10.4

Best Suspension for Those on a Budget

An awesome but practical commuter scooter that harnesses the power of a spring and hydraulic suspension system to deliver a smooth and enjoyable ride. Given the build quality, this scooter is excellent value for money and will get you from A to B in style, whilst making sure you’re comfortable at the same time.

Read full review

$699.00 $749.00

Best Suspension for Roads, Sidewalks, and Boardwalks:

Apollo Explore

Best Suspension for Roads, Sidewalks, and Boardwalks

The Apollo Explore is the ultimate comfort machine for city-based adventures. Its robust spring suspension and complementary large pneumatic tires ensure a smooth and comfortable ride across all urban terrain. A thoroughly reliable but fun weekend city warrior.

Read full review

Get $50 Free accessories. Use Code:
JOSHUAFRISBY
$1,199.00 $1,299.00

Best Suspension for Grassy Areas, Including Parks and Fields:

Apollo Pro 52V

Best Suspension for Forest Trails and Hiking Paths

The Apollo Pro 52V combines power and comfort thanks to its dual motors and high-quality spring and hydraulic suspension system. It’ll give you a taste of what riding a powerful, high-performance scooter feels like, whilst its insectoid frame, high ground clearance, and plush tires allow you to traverse flat off-road terrain, including parks and fields, with ease. It can take on forest trails and dirt tracks, too. The Pro is a great option if you want a powerful scooter that can break through the concrete barriers of city riding.

Read full review

Get $50 Free accessories. Use Code:
JOSHUAFRISBY
$1,799.00

Best Suspension for Forest Trails and Hiking Paths:

INOKIM Ox Hero

Best Suspension for Forest Trails and Hiking Paths

What makes the Ox Hero stand out from all the 98 other scooters I could have picked, is just how comfortable its ride quality is. The combination of the suspension and tires makes for a truly luxurious ride, giving it a premium feel befitting of the $1,699 price tag. Sure, it’s not the fastest scooter on the market and it might leave speed-fiends and adrenaline junkies a little disappointed, but the Ox is a surefire winner for anyone who wants a reliable and durable scooter that can deliver a luxurious ride for years to come.

Read full review

Get $100 Off. Use Code:
ELECTRICSCOOTERINSIDER100
$1,699.00 $1,799.00

Best Suspension for Hilly, Rocky, and Mountain-Esque Terrain:

Wolf Warrior

Best Suspension for Hilly, Rocky, and Mountain-Esque Terrain

A true beast, the Wolf Warrior is almost unparalleled when it comes to speed, power, and comfort. It boasts some of the best suspension I’ve reviewed, featuring dual front hydraulics and rear spring shocks to deliver a smooth, premium ride on even the roughest of terrain. This scooter has a serious attitude, but it’s got the bite to back up its bark — or should I say, howl?

Read full review

Get $50 Off. Use Code:
ElectricScooterInsiderKaabo
$2,799.00 $2,999.00

Want to read my in-depth reviews of each scooter? Scroll down.

Or, see which scooters are best by type:

How We Conduct & Support Our Electric Scooter Research:

To support our rigorous scooter review and editorial process, we rely on affiliate commissions. These are at no cost to you.

If you read our guides and reviews, find a scooter that you like, and click through to the retailer then we may earn a commission. We only earn a commission if you purchase a scooter and are happy with it. If you decide that you don’t like it and return it, we don’t earn a commission.

Our work is independent and impartial. Retailers and manufacturers do not influence our reviews. This is extremely important to us as our mission is to help you find your perfect scooter.

Read more about our four core values, the scooter review process, editorial policy, and how Electric Scooter Insider is supported.

We are now on Instagram! You'll find...
If you've found value from our reviews and guides we'd really appreciate it if you could follow us – @electricscooterinsider.

Best Suspension for Those on a Budget

Horizon 10.4

Horizon 10.4
Best Suspension for Those on a Budget
An awesome but practical commuter scooter that harnesses the power of a spring and hydraulic suspension system to deliver a smooth and enjoyable ride. Given the build quality, this scooter is excellent value for money and will get you from A to B in style, whilst making sure you’re comfortable at the same time.
$699.00 $749.00

Luckily, when it comes to choosing a scooter with suspension, you don’t need to pay through the nose for a comfortable ride. There are plenty of budget options out there, the best of which is the Horizon 10.4. This is a practical commuter scooter that delivers excellent ride quality for a great price.

Horizon Unboxing & Review

From its compact design, impressive load-bearing capability, and the perfect blend of spring and hydraulic suspension, join me as I give you an up-close and personal look at what the Horizon has to offer.

Horizon Outdoor Shot

The 10.4 comes fitted with spring suspension in the front and hydraulics in the rear. This combination is an effective and affordable means of achieving a smooth and comfortable ride. Because of their affordability, spring shocks can sometimes produce a clicking or clanking noise, but luckily this isn’t a problem with the Horizon — not only will it keep your joints from aching on those longer journeys, but it’ll be blissfully quiet too.

Horizon Suspension

Although the suspension system does most of the work to absorb the impact from bumps in the road, the tires play a part too. The Horizon is equipped with an 8-inch solid tire in the rear and an 8.5-inch pneumatic tire in the front. A bonus of air-filled tires is that they’re more malleable, so can mold to the road more easily, absorbing impact as they go and increasing your traction over obstacles. However, they are more vulnerable to flats, something solid tires don’t have any issues with.

Horizon Front Pneumatic Tires

This isn’t something you’ll need to worry about with the back wheel. Whilst solid rubber tires are known for their lack of shock absorption, the rear hydraulics stops this from being a problem, picking up the slack where you need it and preventing you from being shaken all over the place.

In terms of speed and power, the Horizon 10.4 is ideal if you’re a commuter who likes to switch between residential roads and busier bike lanes. Its maximum speed of 25 mph is perfectly matched to its suspension system, meaning that if you take a bump at top speed, your spring shocks will keep your wrists intact, whilst the hydraulics in the rear balance out the force of your movement and keep both you and your scooter steady and balanced.

Horizon Handlebars

If you have a longer journey, you’ll be thankful for the Horizon’s comfortable ride quality, especially if you plan to make use of its maximum 20-mile range. Its classic design, durability, and overall reliability will transform your morning commute and weekend adventures. It can support riders up to 265 lbs, and you can rest assured that its dual suspension will be able to perform even if you weigh in at the heavier end of this threshold.

Close Up of Horizon Deck

The Horizon 10.4 features a rear drum brake in addition to a regenerative brake, giving you good control over your scooter’s speed when riding. This system is supported by the suspension, keeping you balanced when you apply pressure to the brakes. This is particularly important because all the braking power is directed towards the rear wheel. In this case, the increased traction of the front pneumatic tire helps to slow you down faster, whilst the front spring suspension stops you from nose-diving forward, keeping your stopping power reliable and responsive.

At 40 lbs, the Horizon 10.4 ticks that all-important commuter box of portability. It’s light enough to lift and is pretty compact when folded, thanks to its collapsible stem and folding handlebars. This means you won’t have to stress about finding somewhere to store it.

Horizon Folded

At $699, this scooter is excellent value for money and has all the necessary additions you’d expect of a great commuter scooter, including powerful lights for nighttime riding and an advanced throttle display. Its dual suspension system works seamlessly to deliver a comfortable ride, transforming your riding experience into an irresistible urge where you’ll want to do another lap of the block before hanging up your boots for the day.

Horizon Handlebar Display

This is an ideal option for anyone who is either new to scooting or wants to upgrade their entry-level scooter for a model that is more reliable, robust, and most importantly, comfortable.

Best Suspension for Roads, Sidewalks, and Boardwalks

Apollo Explore

Apollo Explore
Best Suspension for Roads, Sidewalks, and Boardwalks
The Apollo Explore is the ultimate comfort machine for city-based adventures. Its robust spring suspension and complementary large pneumatic tires ensure a smooth and comfortable ride across all urban terrain. A thoroughly reliable but fun weekend city warrior.
$1,199.00 $1,299.00
Get $50 Free accessories. Use Code:
JOSHUAFRISBY

If you’ve got an adventurous streak and you’re looking for a city scooter with dual suspension that can handle more than just the daily commute, I think this next one could be just your bag. With the Apollo Explore, the clue’s in the name – it’ll let you stretch your legs in your home city, unlocking parts you’ve never seen before whilst keeping you comfortable at the same time.

Apollo Explore Full Frame

Like the Horizon 10.4, the Explore is fitted with a spring suspension system in the front but boasts dual-springs in the rear. The dual-spring shocks give you extra support when riding across more challenging surfaces, whilst the front takes care of your wrists. The suspension system is nicely balanced and ready to take on curbs, bumps in the road, and potholes of various sizes.

To help achieve that ultra-smooth ride, the Explore features two large, 10-inch pneumatic tires. Their size is a big advantage in helping to push you over large obstacles, whilst also providing increased traction to assist the suspension in keeping you grounded and balanced at all times. They’re also plush enough to help with shock absorption too, especially when riding over rough surfaces. Apollo might describe this scooter as ‘terrain agnostic’, but you’ll get the absolute best out of it when using it as a road scooter. However, it can easily take on well-maintained off-road routes, including parks, fields, and forest trails that aren’t overly challenging.

Apollo Explore Front Plush Air-Filled Tire

Despite the fact it only has a single motor, the Explore is a deceptively powerful machine that can reach up to 31 mph. Its acceleration is fast and responsive, reaching 15 mph in just 3.5 seconds, and its 1400W peak output earns it a reputation as a reliable hill climber. This will set you in good stead when cruising city boulevards.

All scooters need a good set of brakes to keep you safe and the Explore doesn’t disappoint. It’s fitted with high-quality front and rear disc brakes as well as a rear regenerative electric brake. These deliver strong and responsive stopping power, working with the spring suspension system to bring you to a smooth stop.

Apollo Explore Front Disc Brake

If you’re planning to spend a lot of time on your scooter, you’ll need the mileage to match your intrepid appetite. The Explore has one of the best ranges on offer for its price point and will keep you out and about for around 34 miles per charge. Comparable scooters offer much less and this generous range is down to the Explore’s high-quality Dynavolt battery, a brand that’s usually associated with motorcycles. It also has a relatively short recharging time of 4 hours if you purchase the fast charger. With the regular charger, this doubles to 8.

Like the suspension, the Explore’s construction is sturdy and robust, capable of supporting riders up to 265 lbs. The large foot deck has the dual purpose of keeping you balanced and comfortable whilst its blue and black tread gives the scooter an extra dash of flair. The frame also comes with an IP54 water-resistant rating which means it can stand light rain, but won’t cope with a more rigorous deluge.

Apollo Explore Front Tire and Deck

Although you’ll spend most of your time riding your Apollo Explore, there will be a few occasions when you’ll need to lift and carry it. At 52 lbs it’s not the lightest scooter on the market but this is still a manageable task – although, you won’t want to heave it around for long. Luckily, it comes with a telescopic stem and foldable handlebars so it reduces down to a compact package that is ideal for storage.

Apollo Explore Folded

Rider comfort, speed, and range are all vital parts of choosing a scooter, but it’s the little extras that separate the good from the great, and the Explore has lots of these. It comes with an LCD trigger throttle display that will give you full visibility on your riding stats as well as allowing you some customization of your braking strength and power mode. Next to this is a bell, perfect for making sure others know you’re coming.

Next up is the impressive suite of lights, including a bright headlight, dual taillights, under-deck atmospheric lights, and top all that off, an LED strip that runs down the handlebar stem. With all lights switched on, it looks like a spaceship.

Apollo Explore Light Setup

The Explore is a great all-rounder that’s perfect if you’re looking for a fun, reliable, and comfortable ride to get out and about on city streets as well as the occasional off-road adventure. The robust suspension system and matching construction make this scooter well worth its £1,199 retail price. Plus, it comes with an impressive 24-month warranty so you can enjoy your luxurious ride safely in the knowledge that Apollo will have your back if anything goes wrong. The first 12-months will cover you for manufacturer defects, whereas wear and tear is protected for the entire 24-months.

Best Suspension for Grassy Areas, Including Parks and Fields

Apollo Pro 52V

Apollo Pro 52V
Best Suspension for Grassy Areas, Including Parks and Fields
The Apollo Pro 52V combines power and comfort thanks to its dual motors and high-quality spring and hydraulic suspension system. It’ll give you a taste of what riding a powerful, high-performance scooter feels like, whilst its insectoid frame, high ground clearance, and plush tires allow you to traverse flat off-road terrain, including parks and fields, with ease. It can take on forest trails and dirt tracks, too. The Pro is a great option if you want a powerful scooter that can break through the concrete barriers of city riding.
$1,799.00
Get $50 Free accessories. Use Code:
JOSHUAFRISBY

Sometimes, scooter adventures don’t have to be confined to sidewalks and streets, especially not where there are expanses of open parklands and inviting fields fringing your home town. In those instances, you want something that will allow you to expand your boundaries. The Apollo Pro 52V is the ideal flat-terrain off-roader, equipped with all the necessary components to keep you comfortable when you venture off the beaten track, as well as delivering an awesome punch of power.

Apollo Pro on Dirt Track

This scooter’s suspension is made up of a combination of spring shocks in the front and hydraulics in the back. The latter is slightly more expensive than springs as well as being quieter too. It also produces a more fluid bounce for a smoother ride. This matches well with the Pro’s top speed of 38 mph. The faster pace means that you’ll roll over obstacles with greater force, so your suspension will need to work harder to stop you from going over the handlebars. The Pro’s spring-hydraulic duo makes this a piece of cake.

Apollo Pro Suspension

The suspension isn’t the only thing keeping you balanced. As with all scooters, the wheels play a large part too. The Pro 52V features 10-inch pneumatic tires that are vital for getting you up and over large obstacles without breaking a sweat. Their height also pushes the deck up higher than on other models, giving you excellent ground clearance which you’ll find particularly useful when riding off-road.

Apollo Pro 10 inch Air Filled Tires

On top of the suspension system and the Pro’s beefy tires, the build quality and design of this scooter make a huge difference. The ultra-cool, raised insectoid frame is extremely durable and the swingarms, that attach the mainframe to both wheels, allow for deeper suspension.

Apollo Pro Front Swingarms

It also has an IP54 water-resistant rating, so rain won’t hold you back from your off-road adventures. Unlike lots of other scooters out there, it has a very impressive weight limit of 330 lbs, which is not only a testament to the build quality but ideal for heavier riders, too. Out of the 99 scooters I have in my database, the Apollo Pro sits in the top 18% for scooters that can support the most weight.

In addition to its excellent ride quality, the Pro stands out for the power it offers. As I’ve mentioned, it can hit a top speed of 38 mph which is down to its dual motors, each with a peak power output of 1200W. The Pro is all about acceleration and torque: it can reach 30 mph in 6.4 seconds and climb hills with a 40% incline (equivalent to 21.8 degrees) without batting an eyelash. Plus, there’s no need to worry that your ride will get rougher the faster you go – the suspension system will keep ride quality as smooth as a baby’s bottom whether you’re on asphalt, grass, or dirt.

Apollo Pro Off-Roading

To combat the ridiculously fast acceleration curve, the 52V features dual cable disc brakes to slow you down, as well as a regenerative brake that kills the motor for a faster stop. Even if you have to slam the brakes on at the last minute, the suspension and traction from the wheels will keep you stable and balanced until you come to a stop. Although the Pro’s cable brakes are capable of bringing you to a secure stop, Apollo offers an upgrade to hydraulics for an additional $150. If you’ve got the budget, I highly recommend doing this for sharper performance.

Apollo Pro Powerful Brakes

Compared to the Apollo Explore, the range on the Pro is longer, giving you the chance to ride for up to 56 miles, although aggressive riders will see a much-reduced number (around 25-35 miles when ridden in turbo or dual-mode). Like other Apollo models, it comes with a fast and standard charger option. The latter will recharge your scooter in 10 hours, whereas the former cuts that in half, taking a mere 5 hours.

Just like all of Apollo’s scooters, the luxury of the Pro extends beyond its plush ride quality to the added extras. You can purchase a detachable seat for an additional cost if you want to take it easy while riding, and you can even switch on cruise control for the optimal riding experience. This can be operated from the handlebar display which shows your current riding stats as well as allowing you some customization of the scooter’s configuration (e.g. braking power and power mode).

Apollo Pro Handlebars

At 77 lbs, the Pro isn’t a lightweight scooter, but it is in line with other high-performance models. You won’t want to carry this around for long periods – it’ll be particularly punishing on your back and shoulders. Like all good scooters, the Pro folds but on the Apollo site it also says it has folding handlebars – I can assure you it doesn’t. If it did, it would be fairly compact when completely collapsed, making up for its bulk, but I’m afraid you’re going to need to make space for this big boy. Although portability isn’t its strong suit, the Pro more than makes up for this with its ferocious appetite for speed and superior riding performance. If you need a scooter that is better suited to portability, check out the Apollo Explore.

Apollo Pro LED Light Setup

Apollo scooters have a reputation for being reliable as well as extremely fun. You can also expect great post-purchase support from their Canada-based team, as well as having the security of their generous 24-month warranty. This, in itself, makes it worth the $1,799 price tag, without even mentioning the high-quality suspension system and excellent ride quality. The Pro is a great option if you want a powerful scooter that can help you break through the concrete barriers of city riding.

Best Suspension for Forest Trails and Hiking Paths

INOKIM Ox Hero

INOKIM Ox Hero
Best Suspension for Forest Trails and Hiking Paths
What makes the Ox Hero stand out from all the 98 other scooters I could have picked, is just how comfortable its ride quality is. The combination of the suspension and tires makes for a truly luxurious ride, giving it a premium feel befitting of the $1,699 price tag. Sure, it’s not the fastest scooter on the market and it might leave speed-fiends and adrenaline junkies a little disappointed, but the Ox is a surefire winner for anyone who wants a reliable and durable scooter that can deliver a luxurious ride for years to come.
Get $100 Off. Use Code:
ELECTRICSCOOTERINSIDER100
$1,599.00

Sure, there are plenty of scooters out there with top-notch suspension systems but there’s only one that has patented its unique suspension design. That’s right — the INOKIM Ox Hero not only delivers an outstanding ride quality but it does so with style and individuality.

INOKIM Ox Deep Dive | Is it Worth the Price Tag?

From its eye-popping orange swingarms to the vertically integrated construction, effortless folding mechanism, and plush nimble tires, the INOKIM Ox has a lot to offer – but, is it worth its high price tag? Watch the video to find out.

 

Unlike other models on this list, the Ox Hero uses adjustable rubber suspension to achieve a buttery-smooth ride. This is generally a bit lighter than spring or hydraulic suspension systems and also eliminates the risk of any noisy clanking. With the Ox Hero, you can choose between a low and a high setting. The former is a lot stiffer and is ideal for riding at top speeds, whereas the latter setting produces a much softer ride, giving better shock absorption and deck clearance for when you venture off-road.

INOKIM Ox Full Frame

INOKIM was the first scooter brand to use this kind of suspension, patenting it under their name. All the others that followed took their inspiration from what INOKIM began. If you’re looking for a premium suspension system, it doesn’t get better than this.

Thanks to the two different suspension levels, the Hero is very versatile. It’s at home on smooth asphalt as well as forest trails and hiking paths. It also comes with pneumatic wheels measuring 10 inches tall and 2.5 inches wide, which help to keep you balanced. The tire tread is on the slick side, however, you can purchase optional off-road tires if your track has a looser surface.

INOKIM Ox Tire Choice

One downside to pneumatics is that they are more vulnerable to flats, and you might need to change them more frequently than you would a rubber tire. However, the wheels are secured with just a single swingarm. This means that they’re only attached to one side, so you can change tires easily when you need to. This design maximizes comfort and convenience which is a winning combination.

In addition to the incredible build quality, one of the best features is Hero’s stellar construction. Unlike many other scooters, all of the Ox’s components are custom made, so they fit together seamlessly. This reduces the potential for weak spots in the scooter’s build so you can rest assured that one awkward pothole isn’t going to spell disaster and put an end to your off-road adventures.

INOKIM Ox on Forest Trail

Because of its sturdiness, the Hero can support a weight load of up to 265 lbs, making it a good option for heavier riders. Additionally, the foot deck has a generous amount of room so you can find a stance that feels natural to you. This further increases your comfort, especially on longer rides.

INOKIM Ox Wide Deck

Fitted with a 60V 13Ah Lithium-Ion battery, the Ox Hero claims a maximum range of 32-37 miles, but you’ll only see this kind of mileage if you ride consistently at 15 mph and weigh less than 165 lbs. You’re more likely to reach around 22-25 miles on a single charge. If you’re looking for something that can go further, take a look at the Ox Super. This is very similar to the Hero but has a 21 Ah LG battery with a maximum range of 59 miles and a realistic one of 32-35 miles. It is more expensive though, costing $300 more than the Hero.

INOKIM Ox Foot Deck

If there was one underwhelming element of the Ox Hero, it would have to be its speed. It’s equipped with an 800W motor and can reach a top speed of 28 mph, which is on the slow side compared with other scooters that sit in the same price bracket (i.e. the Apollo Pro 52V). On the bright side, once the Hero gets going, it accelerates at a rapid pace and is fast enough that you can choose to venture out of the bike lane if you fancy it.

Even if the Hero’s speed is a little lackluster, its brakes certainly aren’t. It comes with a front drum brake and a rear disc brake, both of which are reliable. Combined with the traction from the wheels and the superior suspension, they give you complete control, enabling you to manage your pace at all times.

INOKIM Ox Powerful Rear Disc Brake

Even with the weight-saving factor of rubber suspension, the Hero is still a fairly hefty scooter, weighing 57 lbs. Similar to the Apollo Pro, you’re not going to want to spend a lot of time carrying it. However, the 5-second folding mechanism does make it easy to collapse if you do need to lift it and dash in a hurry.

INOKIM Ox Folded in Trunk

Overall, the Ox is a surefire winner for anyone who wants a reliable and durable scooter that can deliver a luxurious ride for years to come.

Best Suspension for Hilly, Rocky, and Mountain-Esque Terrain

Wolf Warrior

Wolf Warrior
Best Suspension for Hilly, Rocky, and Mountain-Esque Terrain
A true beast, the Wolf Warrior is almost unparalleled when it comes to speed, power, and comfort. It boasts some of the best suspension I’ve reviewed, featuring dual front hydraulics and rear spring shocks to deliver a smooth, premium ride on even the roughest of terrain. This scooter has a serious attitude, but it’s got the bite to back up its bark — or should I say, howl?
Get $50 Off. Use Code:
ElectricScooterInsiderKaabo
$2,799.00 $2,999.00

Extreme off-roading requires a special kind of scooter. It needs to be able to keep you safe and comfortable whilst traveling at high speeds across unpredictable terrain. There’s only one scooter that I could pick to fit this bill — the Wolf Warrior, a personal favorite of mine and many other enthusiasts.

Wolf Warrior Review: Is It Still a Worthwhile Investment?

With Kaabo bringing out a range of different Wolf models – including the Wolf Warrior X, X Pro, King, and King GT – we take a deep dive into the Wolf Warrior's performance to let you know if its still a worthwhile investment.

 

It’s big, it’s bad and it sure as heck has the suspension to match. The Wolf is fitted with dual hydraulic suspension in the front and dual springs in the back. This is like taking the Apollo Pro but doubling it up to give an utterly seamless and luxurious ride quality.

Kaboo Wolf Warrior Frame

This setup, particularly the dual hydraulics, is more commonly found on motorcycles than electric scooters and is one of the best suspension systems available. This makes sense given that, at its core, the Wolf Warrior shares more in common with a motorcycle than it does with many of its tamer electric scooter cousins.

Wolf Warrior Hydraulic Suspension and Knobby Tires

To complement the suspension, the Wolf Warrior is fitted with giant 11-inch tubeless pneumatic tires. The tubeless design makes for a more robust tire, reducing the risks of flats, without losing any of the natural shock absorption and traction you get from pneumatic, air-filled tires. Because of their wide profile (3.5 inches), they also deliver excellent stability, keeping you balanced across even the roughest terrain.

Although knobby, off-road tires are recommended if you’re planning to ride over loose surfaces like dirt or rocks, the Wolf Warrior is also available to order with road wheels. These feature a slicker tread and will have reduced performance on anything other than smooth asphalt and light off-road trails. So, to get the best ride quality possible, I’d recommend choosing the textured tires if you’re planning to spend any time off-road.

Kaboo Wolf Warrior Knobby Tires

The suspension on the Wolf comes into its own when you’re riding at top speeds. On a scooter without any suspension, this is when you’re most likely to feel all the bumps beneath you, but the Wolf Warrior laps it up without complaint. Given that this beast can reach a phenomenal top speed of 50 mph, you’re going to want a reliable system to keep you safe and grounded — this scooter doesn’t disappoint.

It’s also worth noting that even the acceleration is nothing short of brutal and it’ll be ready to charge forward with even the slightest pressure on the accelerator, especially when in turbo and dual motor mode. To put this into perspective, you can expect to hit 15 mph in just 1.9 seconds, and 30 mph in 5.2 seconds.

Kaboo Wolf Warrior Handlebars

As a result of the phenomenal torque, the Wolf is a natural hill-climber and can defeat even the steepest of hills with a 30% incline grade. With all of its power, it’s safe to say that experienced riders should be wearing a layer of protective clothing as well as headgear when venturing out on this bad boy.

Unsurprisingly, the Wolf Warrior has a hefty set of brakes to balance out the combined 5400W power of its ferocious motors. Equipped with dual hydraulic brakes, the Wolf responds quickly to any braking action, bringing you to a prompt stop. The impressive suspension also means that you’ll slow down nice and smoothly, without any jerking or uncomfortable bouncing as the Wolf adjusts to the change in speed.

Kaboo Wolf Warrior Hydraulic Brakes

With ride quality this good, you’ll want to make the most of the Wolf Warrior’s staggering 70-mile range. Equipped with a large 35Ah LG battery, you’ll be able to enjoy hour after hour without having to plug in and recharge. Even when your battery does run dry, re-juicing should only take around 8 hours which is pretty impressive considering the reach this thing has when operating on a full tank. As with all scooters, if you ride aggressively (i.e. with both motors engaged), you can expect decreased mileage – for the Wolf, this is around 40-45 miles.

In terms of practicality, this scooter is equipped with everything you need for a convenient and safe ride. It features a digital display, giving you visibility over your stats, as well as an excellent array of lights. Its two massive headlights are perfect for piercing even the darkest nights, and the deck lights, ground effects, and huge red LED taillight keep you visible to others. And if that fails, you’ve also got a horn loud enough to wake the dead.

Kaboo Wolf Warrior LED Lights at Night

Aesthetically, the Wolf Warrior is unlike anything else on the market. It has not one, but two large forks which give it a unique, menacing aesthetic whilst also providing additional support and stability for high-speed riding. Its elevated deck means it has good ground clearance — perfect if you like to test the limits and execute daring jumps. And finally, because of its beefy construction, the Wolf Warrior can comfortably support riders up to 330 lbs, making it a great choice for heavier adults.

As good as this all sounds, it does mean that the Wolf is not a lightweight scooter. It weighs a whopping 101 lbs, which is heavy enough to challenge even the strongest of riders. It’s certainly not a scooter that you’ll be taking on the bus with you, even if it can be folded.

The Wolf Warrior is a hard scooter to beat when it comes to suspension and ride quality. It keeps you comfortable and protected while riding at high speeds on off-road tracks. At $2,799, it may appear fairly expensive, but there’s a reason it’s so popular and once you’ve ridden it you’ll have a hard time going back to the more normal, run-of-the-mill models.

Wolf Warrior Stand

Plus, I’ll let you in on a little secret – many of the components that make the Wolf Warrior such a fierce scooter are manufactured by Mini Motors USA. If you didn’t know, these are the guys who are responsible for designing and building the Dualtron range (these are well documented for being extreme performance scooters). The best bit is that the Wolf is considerably cheaper than its Dualtron counterparts (e.g. the Dualtron Ultra, an off-road monster that matches the Wolf Warrior for performance, retails for around $3,990).

If you’re looking for a scooter with a superior suspension system that's been designed to eat up off-road terrain for breakfast and spit it back out, then the Wolf Warrior is the best you’ll find.

By Type

Cheapest / Value For Money

Further Information:

Cheap Electric Scooters by Price

Foldable, Light & Most Portable / Commuting

Horizon 10.4 – With a weight of 40 lbs and an excellent folding system, including folding handlebars, the Horizon 10.4 is both compact for storage and the lightest scooter with a decent suspension system.

Longest Range

Further Information:

Best Long Range Electric Scooters

Off-Roading

  • Wolf Warrior – (Hilly, rocky, and mountain-esque) – Features an impressively durable frame, robust dual suspension system, and massive knobby wheels for smooth riding and increased traction across rough terrain.
  • INOKIM Ox Hero – (Forest trails and hiking paths) – Reliable and sturdy, the Ox Hero is fitted with a unique, patented adjustable rubber suspension system and large tires, perfect for light off-roading.
  • Apollo Pro 52V – (Grassy areas including parks and fields) – With the spring and hydraulic suspension system, alongside the large slick wheels, the Apollo Pro keeps riders comfortable when riding across parks, fields, and well-maintained off-road routes.

Biggest Wheels

Heavy Adults

Optional Seat Attachment

Further Information:

Best Seated Scooters

The post Electric Scooters With Suspension: 5 Buttery-Smooth Rides appeared first on Electric Scooter Insider.

]]>
Electric Scooters For Climbing Hills: Breeze Up the Steepest of Inclines https://www.electricscooterinsider.com/en-gb/electric-scooters-for-climbing-hills/ Mon, 08 Mar 2021 21:01:45 +0000 http://www.electricscooterinsider.com/electric-scooters-for-climbing-hills/ Slope, gradient, incline — there are a ton of different names for a hill but whatever you want to call them, climbing them can leave you in a sweaty and flustered mess. Luckily for you, with an electric scooter, you can sail effortlessly to the top, minus the sweat and stress. Every scooter has a […]

The post Electric Scooters For Climbing Hills: Breeze Up the Steepest of Inclines appeared first on Electric Scooter Insider.

]]>

Slope, gradient, incline — there are a ton of different names for a hill but whatever you want to call them, climbing them can leave you in a sweaty and flustered mess. Luckily for you, with an electric scooter, you can sail effortlessly to the top, minus the sweat and stress.

Every scooter has a different hill-climbing ability and this mostly depends on its power and torque. Some are perfectly designed to glide up slight slopes, whilst others eat up the sheerest of inclines.

Before we get into the good stuff, it’s worth spending a minute on the terminology you’ll come across when investigating the hill-climbing ability of various scooters. When talking about hills, we measure them in two ways: angle (degree) and grade (%).

  • Angle (Degree): These are exactly what they sound like. If you were to take a (very large) high school protractor and measure your hill, it would give you the angle at which the slope sits. It’s exactly the same as measuring a triangle.
  • Grade (%): Things get a little more mathematical here. This is calculated by dividing the rise of the hill (how high it is at its tallest point) by the run (how long it goes on for), multiplied by 100. In the US, most hills are described using percentages.

Whether you measure in degrees or percentages, the higher the number, the steeper the incline of the hill.

Best Electric Scooters By Incline Category:

To make things easy for you, I’ve split the scooters below into the 6 incline categories (below).

I’ve chosen the best model for each incline based on their value for money and the features they have to offer. That way, you can find the ideal scooter without any second-guessing.

Click on the different incline categories below to find the best scooter for you.

5 Degrees on Protractor

5° (8.8% Grade)

A slight slope – most budget scooters can handle this.

10 Degrees on Protractor

10° (17.6% Grade)

This gradient is still quite gentle, but you’d be able to feel it in your legs if you tried to cycle up one of these.

15 Degrees on Protractor

15° (26.8% Grade)

San Francisco’s Lombard Street, with its distinctive, eight hairpin turns has a 15.1-degree angle (27% grade). Walking up this kind of hill will leave you breathless for sure.

20 Degrees on Protractor

20° (36.4% Grade)

This is where things start to get serious. A 20-degree incline is very steep. San Francisco’s steepest street, Filbert street, clocks in at 17.5-degrees (31.5% grade).

25 Degrees on Protractor

25° (46.6% Grade)

Google ‘Waipio Valley Road’ and you’ll get an idea of just how drastic this is. You’ll need some serious horsepower to maintain speed to the top.

30 Degrees on Protractor

30° (57.7% Grade)

Imagine Filbert Street but almost twice as steep. Gradients like this will only be found out on off-road routes if you have a penchant for sheer mountain climbs.

See Summary List of Best Hill Climbing Scooters

  1. Turboant X7 Pro – Winner of the 5° category.
  2. Apollo Explore – Winner of the 10° category.
  3. Widewheel Pro – Winner of the 15° category.
  4. Apollo Pro 52V – Winner of the 20° category.
  5. Dualtron Eagle Pro – Winner of the 25° category.
  6. Dualtron X 2 – Winner of the 30° category.

5° (8.8% Grade) Winner:

Turboant X7 Pro

5° (8.8% Grade) Winner

The Turboant X7 Pro is a budget scooter with a premium finish. It’s great value for money and you definitely get more than what you pay for with its almost infinite range capabilities and 20 mph top speed. It can climb hills of 8.5-degrees (15% grade), making it perfect for gentle city commutes in urban areas that don’t pose overly extreme inclines.

Read full review

*We have converted the price to GBP for your convenience. Prices on the retailer website are in U.S. Dollars but rest assured, we only recommend scooters that can be shipped to the UK.

Get £35 Off. Use Code:
TURBOANT
£320.00 £495.00*

10° (17.6% Incline) Winner:

Apollo Explore

10° (17.6% Incline) Winner

Able to tackle inclines up to 11.3-degrees (20% grade), the Apollo Explore is a big step up from an entry-level city commuter, delivering a fast, long-range ride. This is a more luxurious urban scooter and is ideal if you need a reliable hill-climber that prioritizes rider ease and comfort.

Read full review

£1,145.00

15° (26.8% Incline) Winner:

WideWheel Pro

15° (26.8% Incline) Winner

The WideWheel Pro can easily conquer 16.7-degree hills (30% grade) thanks to its dual-motor powertrain. This gives it some awesome power and torque to push you up those more challenging slopes. Its standout feature is its unique floating ride sensation, giving it a premium feel even though its maximum speed is a little lacklustre for a scooter costing over £1,000. However, the dual motors do make up for it with a fast acceleration curve.

Read full review

*We have converted the price to GBP for your convenience. Prices on the retailer website are in Euros but rest assured, we only recommend scooters that can be shipped to the UK.

Get £86 Off. Use Code:
ELECTRICSCOOTERINSIDER100
£1,035.00 £1,180.00*

20° (36.4% Incline) Winner:

Apollo Pro 52V

20° (36.4% Incline) Winner

An awesome hill-climber, the Apollo Pro 52V can champion even the steepest of hills, cruising up 21.8-degree slopes (40% grades) with ease. Given the power and versatility of this scooter, it’s great value for money and allows experienced riders to unlock new ways of riding, both on and off-road.

Read full review

£1,699.00

25° (46.6% Incline) Winner:

Dualtron Eagle Pro

City hills will quake when they see the Eagle Pro coming. Able to scale 25.2-degree (47% grade) slopes with ease, this scooter lives up to the Dualtron hype but manages to keep the price down for those of you looking for a high-impact performance scooter with fearsome hill-climbing capability.

Read full review

£1,599.00

30° (57.7% Incline) Winner:

Dualtron X 2

30° (57.7% Incline) Winner

It might be heavy and it might be expensive, but the Dualtron X 2 is the ultimate hill-climbing warrior. Thanks to the massive dual motors, enormous torque, and powerful battery, the X 2 can scale hills with a 35-degree incline (70% grade), both on and off-road. This fearsome machine will be too much for inexperienced riders but for more seasoned scooterists looking for the pinnacle of scooter performance, the thrill of the Dualtron X will get your blooding pumping.

Read full review

£5,599.00

Want to read my in-depth reviews of each scooter? Scroll down.

Or, see which scooters are best by type:

How We Conduct & Support Our Electric Scooter Research:

To support our rigorous scooter review and editorial process, we rely on affiliate commissions. These are at no cost to you.

If you read our guides and reviews, find a scooter that you like, and click through to the retailer then we may earn a commission. We only earn a commission if you purchase a scooter and are happy with it. If you decide that you don’t like it and return it, we don’t earn a commission.

Our work is independent and impartial. Retailers and manufacturers do not influence our reviews. This is extremely important to us as our mission is to help you find your perfect scooter.

Read more about our four core values, the scooter review process, editorial policy, and how Electric Scooter Insider is supported.

We are now on Instagram! You'll find...
If you've found value from our reviews and guides we'd really appreciate it if you could follow us – @electricscooterinsider.

5° (8.8% Incline)

Turboant X7 Pro

Turboant X7 Pro
5° (8.8% Incline) Winner

The Turboant X7 Pro is a budget scooter with a premium finish. It’s great value for money and you definitely get more than what you pay for with its almost infinite range capabilities and 20 mph top speed. It can climb hills of 8.5-degrees (15% grade), making it perfect for gentle city commutes in urban areas that don’t pose overly extreme inclines.

*We have converted the price to GBP for your convenience. Prices on the retailer website are in U.S. Dollars but rest assured, we only recommend scooters that can be shipped to the UK.

Get £35 Off. Use Code:
TURBOANT
£320.00 £495.00*

You’ll come across hills and gentle inclines in even the flattest of cities, but luckily for you, the Turboant X7 Pro is built specifically to adjust to those slight urban slopes, helping you reach new heights without any stress.

Turboant X7 Pro Frame

Thanks to its 350W motor, the X7 Pro is a reliable city climber, able to tackle hills up to 8.5-degrees (15% grade). This is relatively gentle as far as slopes go, so you won’t need to worry about the X7 Pro losing speed as you climb. Based on my hands-on tests it can maintain close to its top speed of 20 mph on the lower end of the incline scale, especially if you’re riding in sport mode (the fastest setting). Towards the upper end of the incline scale (i.e. 10-15%), it will slow the higher you go.

Turboant X7 Pro Unboxing & Review

A complete unboxing and review of the Turboant X7 Pro. See what the best electric scooter under £400 has to offer. From close-ups of the frame to talking through the impressive stats, this video will show you exactly what you can expect from the Turboant X7 Pro.

The X7 Pro is powered by a 10Ah battery pack, giving it the boost it needs to deliver a top-quality ride across flat and sloped terrain. Given its affordable price, the X7 Pro can keep going for a very impressive 30-miles — this is much further than other models that cost roughly the same. For example, the Segway Ninebot E22 which costs £339 only has a measly range of 13.6 miles, not to mention a max speed of just 12.4 mph. Although, it’s worth bearing in mind that your battery will drain faster if your route is particularly hilly. This is simply because it takes more power to boost you up and over those inclines.

Turboant X7 Pro Detachable Battery Pack

However, if you purchase a second battery, you can go further and maintain that hill-climbing ability for even longer because the X7 Pro’s battery is detachable. It’s fitted on the neck rather than in the deck, so riders can effortlessly swap a drained unit with a fully charged one, extending your range for another 30 miles. It also encourages flexible charging. If you live in a flat, you won’t need to lug your scooter up multiple sets of stairs to charge it. Simply remove the battery and securely store the frame of the X7 Pro elsewhere.

In addition to power and torque, a good hill-climber requires decent traction to help you up those more challenging slopes. The X7 Pro comes with 10-inch pneumatic tyres, which have a reputation for providing great grip, even in wet weather. Plus, they have excellent shock absorption as a bonus, helping to keep you balanced and comfortable even when riding at an upward angle.

Turboant X7 Pro 10-inch Tire

The X7 Pro is fitted with three different braking mechanisms: an electric throttle control brake, disc brake, and foot brake. Together, these result in a braking distance as short as five meters, although using them in isolation will extend this. I’d recommend using all three if you’re stopping whilst on a hill — although the X7 Pro’s braking power is pretty solid, using more than one brake will eliminate any risk of rolling backwards.

Turboant X7 Pro Rear Wheel Fender and Disc Brake

At 15 kg, the Turboant X7 Pro is perfect for adult riders looking for a hill-climbing commuter scooter. It’s light enough to lift and it’s fairly compact when folded, even though it doesn’t have foldable handlebars. Despite its lightweight profile, it still boasts a solid construction, with a sturdy stem and robust frame. It’s even water-resistant certified, with an IPX4 rating which means it can withstand light rainfall.

Turboant X7 Pro Folded

Like all good commuter scooters, the X7 Pro comes with a smart LED screen that displays your speed and battery. This will come in handy when tackling hills, as you can judge how much power your Turboant has left to give. Plus, the control panel also gives you access to a limited number of customization options. You can change your speedometer style, switch between zero-start and kick-and-go, or adjust your tyre pressure settings. This is a layer of premium detail that you don’t often find on budget scooters like this, so it’s great if you want something you can truly make your own.

Turboant X7 Pro LED Display and Throttle

At £320, you expect the Turboant X7 Pro to be a basic budget scooter, but when you consider all it has to offer, you get a lot of value for your money. It’s ideally suited to city riding and its ability to cruise over 15% slopes makes it suitable for traversing urban routes. Overall, it’s great value for money and is perfect if your city doesn’t sit on an extreme gradient.

Further Information:

Full Turboant X7 Pro Review

10° (17.6% Incline)

Apollo Explore

Apollo Explore
10° (17.6% Incline) Winner
Able to tackle inclines up to 11.3-degrees (20% grade), the Apollo Explore is a big step up from an entry-level city commuter, delivering a fast, long-range ride. This is a more luxurious urban scooter and is ideal if you need a reliable hill-climber that prioritizes rider ease and comfort.
£1,145.00

If you’re looking for an urban hill climber, but you know the hills in your city are a bit steeper than those that the Turboant X7 Pro can handle, I might have the answer for you. The Apollo Explore is part of Apollo’s self-branded scooter range and deserves its reputation as a fast, long-range, hill-ready city cruiser.

Apollo Explore Full Frame

The Explore is equipped with a 1000W motor which is much larger than that of the X7 Pro, meaning it comes with the extra boost of power you need when tackling hill climbs. As a result, you’ll be able to take on inclines with an 11.3-degree incline, which is equivalent to a 20% grade. In real terms, this isn’t the steepest of hills and if you were to walk up it briskly it would do no more than give you a very light sweat. However, if you were going to ride a bike or a kick scooter to the top, it would get your blood pumping. With the Explore, you’ll glide effortlessly to the top.

Because of its larger motor, the Explore has faster acceleration than the X7 Pro, as well as a higher top speed of 31 mph. Not only does this give you more momentum when approaching a hill climb, but it also allows you the flexibility to venture out of the bike lane and ride alongside faster moving vehicles if you want to. This means that there won’t be any part of your city that’s off-limits to you.

Apollo Explore Front Tire and Deck

The Explore’s power comes from its single motor, but this, in turn, is powered by a large 52V 18Ah Dynavolt battery. This is a battery brand that is rarely seen on scooters outside of the Apollo range because they’re used more commonly on motorcycles. However, they’ve been shown to deliver similar performance and power as the best scooter batteries out there, including those made by LG. Because of this, the Explore allows you to keep going for 34 miles on a single charge. However, if you plan to ride the Explore over hilly terrain, then you can expect around half of this (i.e. 17-20 miles).

The battery will also get a boost each time you brake thanks to the electric regenerative brake. Every time you pull the brake, the scooter transfers the extra energy to top your battery up as you go. In addition, the Explore features dual disc brakes, delivering responsive stopping power to each wheel when you need to slow down. Combined, all three brakes will bring you to a stop within 2.5 meters.

Apollo Explore Front Disc Brake

You can monitor your battery level as well as your speed from the Explore’s trigger display. From here, you can change the strength of your regenerative brake in addition to changing your power mode, and initiate cruise control. It’s also where you operate your LED lights. This is one area in which the Explore is not lacking, featuring bright headlights, dual taillights, an LED stem light, and under-deck lighting so that riding in the dark won’t be a problem.

Apollo Explore Light Setup

In addition to its hill-climbing prowess, the Explore stands out for its luxuriously comfortable ride quality. This is down to its 10” pneumatic tyres and dual spring suspension. Both work together to absorb shocks from the road, whilst the tyres give you excellent traction for hill climbs. They work well in wet weather, too. Speaking of weather, the Explore is equipped with an IP54 water-resistant rating, so you won’t have to abandon your riding plans because of an unexpected light shower. Although, I don’t recommend riding in the rain.

The Explore is pretty sturdy for an urban scooter, and it can support riders up to 120 kg, making it a great option for heavier adults. However, it is quite weighty for a city commuter, weighing 23.6 kg. You wouldn’t want to lift this for very long. However, if you’re looking for an alternative to public transport and you’re likely to find yourself riding from your doorstep to your end location and back, then you may not need to carry it for any meaningful period. Plus, its foldable frame makes it easy to store when you reach your destination.

Apollo Explore Folded

The Apollo Explore is a high-quality urban scooter that will transform hill-strewn city routes from sweaty marches into effortless glides. It’s ideal if you need an option that can easily handle inclines up to 10-degrees (17.6% grade) whilst also delivering on speed and range. At £1,145, it’s a bit pricier than the Turboant X7 Pro, but the extra cost gets you a more premium ride as well as a generous 24-month warranty for ease of mind after purchase.

15° (26.8% Incline)

WideWheel Pro

WideWheel Pro
15° (26.8% Incline) Winner

The WideWheel Pro can easily conquer 16.7-degree hills (30% grade) thanks to its dual-motor powertrain. This gives it some awesome power and torque to push you up those more challenging slopes. Its standout feature is its unique floating ride sensation, giving it a premium feel even though its maximum speed is a little lackluster for a scooter costing over £1,000. However, the dual motors do make up for it with a fast acceleration curve.

*We have converted the price to GBP for your convenience. Prices on the retailer website are in Euros but rest assured, we only recommend scooters that can be shipped to the UK.

Get £86 Off. Use Code:
ELECTRICSCOOTERINSIDER100
£1,035.00 £1,180.00*

Taking things up a notch is the inimitable WideWheel Pro. One of the most unique models on the market, the Pro has an awesome reputation as a fearsome hill climber, perfect if you’re looking for a scooter with a bit more bite.

Widewheel Pro Black Frame

This appetite for steeper slopes comes mainly from the Pro’s dual 500w motors. The addition of a second motor gives the Pro a real boost of power that you might not realize single-motor scooters are missing until you’ve stepped foot on something with more to give. As a result, it can storm up 16.7-degree inclines (equivalent to a 30% hill grade). This is quite a bit steeper than both the Turboant X7 Pro and Apollo Explore can handle, making the WideWheel Pro better suited to urban landscapes that sit on a sharper gradient.

Whilst the dual motors let you rip the WideWheel Pro’s fast acceleration curve, its top speed is a bit slower than the likes of the Apollo Explore, hitting a maximum of 26 mph. However, this should be enough for the majority of urban roads. The acceleration and torque strength can’t be faulted – both are powerful enough to drive you up challenging inclines easily. Plus, you’ll be able to do it in comfort.

Widewheel Pro Handlebars

One of my favourite things about the WideWheel Pro is in the name – it comes with some seriously wide wheels. Measuring 8 inches tall and almost 4 inches wide, they’re some of the biggest tyres you’ll come across, and their increased size helps you to keep your balance across all types of terrain. The increased contact patch is also ideal for building up a ton of traction when climbing up steep hills, pushing you forward, and keeping you grounded.

The WideWheel’s tyres are also unique in that they are filled with polyurethane foam which makes them softer than traditional rubber tyres. As a result, they have increased shock absorption; they don’t provide quite as much cushioning as pneumatics but the front and rear spring suspension help with this. The foam interior, in addition to their oversized profile, gives the Pro a unique ride quality. It feels similar to floating rather than riding and can take a bit of time to get used to but once you do, it’ll quickly become one of your favourite things about this scooter. So much so that you’ll find yourself wanting to stay out riding for hours at a time, exploring your city from top to bottom.

Widewheel Pro Front Tire Close Up

The WideWheel Pro comes equipped with an efficient 46V 15Ah battery that delivers a realistic range of 18-22 miles and a maximum of 30 miles if you ride in the lowest speed setting, don’t tackle hills, and weigh less than 75 kg. When you need to recharge, the Pro will take around 8 hours to reach full battery.

Given that it puts out a fair bit of power to help you get up those steeper slopes, the WideWheel Pro features a very sturdy and robust construction. It’s able to support riders up to 100 kg and is reinforced throughout for extra durability, particularly around the stem. It also puts your safety first, featuring bright front headlights and rear brake lights that are perfect for nighttime riding.

Widewheel Pro Light Setup

When it comes to safety, the WideWheel Pro’s dual disc brakes allow you to come to a stop on any gradient and deliver reduced braking speeds on all surfaces. This puts you in complete control of your ride no matter where you are.

The LED handlebar display helps with this, giving you full visibility over your riding stats, showing your total mileage, current speed, and voltage. You can also switch between different gears, slipping into power mode for when those more challenging hills require full speed and torque or selecting eco when you want to conserve your battery.

Like the Apollo Explore, the WideWheel Pro is a heavy-ish scooter, weighing 24.5 kg. This is rare for a commuter scooter, however, understandable given the fact it contains a pretty big battery and two motors. It’s also fairly compact when collapsed thanks to its foldable handlebars. This makes it easy to store.

Widewheel Pro Folded Frame and Handlebars

The WideWheel Pro is ideal for city riders who live in a hilly area and need a scooter to match. Its dual motors mean that the majority of city hills are easily manageable, with the extra torque and power giving it that much-needed boost. At £1,035, it delivers a luxurious and premium ride quality, although if you’re looking for a racing scooter, you might want to consider the Apollo Pro.

20° (36.4% Incline)

Apollo Pro 52V

Apollo Pro 52V
20° (36.4% Incline) Winner
An awesome hill-climber, the Apollo Pro 52V can champion even the steepest of hills, cruising up 21.8-degree slopes (40% grades) with ease. Given the power and versatility of this scooter, it’s great value for money and allows experienced riders to unlock new ways of riding, both on and off-road.
£1,699.00

If you thought the WideWheel Pro was powerful, take a look at the Apollo Pro 52V. The Pro is the jewel in Apollo’s well-respected scooter crown and for very good reason, not least because steep hills don’t stand a chance when you’re riding this sleek, multi-functional machine.

Apollo Pro Insectoid Frame

The Pro 52V delivers twice the power of the WideWheel Pro thanks to its dual 1000 W motors. Not only does this make it 12 mph faster with a top speed of 38 mph, but it has a supersonic acceleration curve and much better hill-climbing ability. It’s able to scale 21.8-degree inclines, which is equivalent to 40%. This is a far cry from a gentle slope. In fact, with this kind of climbing power, the Apollo Pro is more than capable of taking on San Francisco’s steepest street, Filbert Street, which sits at 17.5-degrees (31.5%). This scooter brings both power and torque to the party – there won’t be many hills beyond the Pro 52V’s capabilities.

Apollo Pro 10 inch Air Filled Tires

A powerful scooter needs an equally powerful battery which is why the Pro 52V comes equipped with only the best. It features a 52V 22.5Ah battery manufactured by LG, one of the most respected and high-quality tech brands. Not only does it power the motors but it also allows you to travel 56 miles on a single charge when riding in eco (single-motor) mode. Riding consistently in dual or turbo will give you a realistic reduced range of around 25-35 miles. If you do want to conserve battery, you should be able to take on most hill climbs in eco mode, except the most challenging – those require both motors.

If you’re worried that the Apollo Pro is all about speed and range, let me reassure you that it prioritizes rider comfort. It features spring suspension in the front and hydraulics in the rear to help keep you grounded and soak up any bumps. This is particularly handy if you like to take your scooter off-road. The Pro is well up to the challenge of navigating forest trails and hiking paths.

Apollo Pro Off-Roading

It also comes with large 10-inch pneumatic tyres that allow you to glide over obstacles easily as well as giving great ground clearance. The tread on these tyres is slick so is well-suited for generating traction on smooth tarmac or concrete, something that will help to propel you forwards if you’re planning on tackling inclines like those of Filbert or Lombard Street.

Safety is also high on Apollo’s radar, which is why they’ve fitted the Pro 52 V with a pair of very strong hydraulic disc brakes alongside an electric regenerative brake. With this setup, you’ll be able to come to a stop within 5 meters.

Apollo Pro Disc Brake

The Apollo Pro 52V is perfect if you like to be able to customize your scooter to your preferences. It features the standard Apollo display that shows your riding stats but also gives you the option to choose between kick-and-go or zero-start which will be especially useful if you’re planning lots of hill starts.

At 34.9 kg, this isn’t the kind of scooter you’d necessarily choose if you were looking for a basic model to make commuting easier. However, it’s a small price to pay if you’re more experienced and looking for a utilitarian machine that brings more to the table than just function. Plus, it’s can still be folded and stored away, although it does take up a bit of space.

The additional weight does mean that this scooter feels more solid than the others previously mentioned (Turboant X7 Pro, Apollo Explore, and Widewheel Pro). As a result, its robust frame is a big bonus for heavier riders. It can support a total weight of 150 kg, making it inclusive of all riders. In fact, it sits in the top 18% of scooters for load capacity (i.e. it can support more weight than 82% of all other scooters. This is based on my independent research and database of 99 scooters). The reinforced frame also means you’ll be able to rely on the Pro 52V for many rides to come, especially given that its IP54 water-resistant rating ensures that it won’t be put off by a little bit of rain.

Apollo Pro Foot Deck

If you want a scooter that can go from 0 to 30 mph in 6.2 seconds whilst also packing enough power to blast its way up even the steepest of hills, the Apollo Pro 52V is your guy. This scooter is an ideal gateway into the big, bad world of extreme performance scooters and serves as a great introduction for riders looking to upgrade from your run-of-the-mill city cruiser. Plus, at £1,699, it’s excellent value for money. You won’t find many scooters with this kind of hill-climbing ability available for such a reasonable price.

Apollo Pro Handlebars

25° (46.6% Incline)

Dualtron Eagle Pro

Dualtron Eagle Pro
25° (46.6% Incline) Winner
City hills will quake when they see the Eagle Pro coming. Able to scale 25.2-degree (47% grade) slopes with ease, this scooter lives up to the Dualtron hype but manages to keep the price down for those of you looking for a high-impact performance scooter with fearsome hill-climbing capability.
£1,599.00

Considering a good hill climber is all about power and torque, it should come as no surprise that there are a couple of Dualtrons rounding off this list. Whilst still fairly expensive, the Dualtron Eagle Pro is the best value scooter from this range whilst still delivering enough power to get you up and over even the most drastic slopes.

Dualtron Eagle Pro Frame

The Eagle eats hills for breakfast and can propel riders up 25.2-degree inclines (47%). Inclines this steep are hard to come by – they are steeper than even San Francisco’s most challenging streets. Just take a look at Waipio Valley Road (picture below) to gain some perspective – the Eagle Pro has the pedigree to scale this type of incline (and steeper).

Waipio Valley Road

At its steepest, Waipio road has a 39% grade and anything above this is closer to the gradient you might see on mountain cliffs. You’ll struggle to find anything like it within the city boundaries.

So, we’ve quickly established that the Eagle Pro is a beast when it comes to hill climbing but let’s be honest, it is to be expected – after all, it is a Dualtron scooter. But what else does it have to offer?

The combination of the ultra-durable frame and 15-step adjustable suspension system delivers superior riding quality that is hard to match. The suspension makes use of 5 interchangeable rubber cartridges. Each cartridge ranges from soft to hard, so you can select the level most appropriate to your surroundings.

Dualtron Eagle Pro Swingarm Suspension

To further help dampen the vibrations underfoot while riding, the Eagle Pro comes with 10-inch high and 2.5-inch wide pneumatic tyres. These feature a slick tread so are more suited to generating traction on smooth surfaces, however, off-road tyres are available to help increase your grip on looser terrain. They also help you maintain momentum when you’re tackling a hill, working with the motors to get you to the top.

Dualtron Eagle Pro on Dirt Track

The Eagle’s drivetrain is a massive part of why this scooter is so good at getting you to the top of challenging inclines. It puts out a peak of 3600W which translates to 40 mph in raw speed. The acceleration is more “gradual” than that of the Dualtron X 2, but that’s not uncommon given that the X 2 sits in a league of its own. Nevertheless, the Eagle will propel you from 0-15 mph in 2.7 seconds which is, to put it bluntly, a heart-in-your-throat, breakneck take-off.

Riding the Dualtron Eagle Pro Off-Road

To combat the insane speed on offer, the Eagle comes fitted with dual disc brakes and regenerative brakes, both of which help to bring you to a stop smoothly and consistently. Although these do the job, it is a little surprising that this scooter doesn’t feature hydraulics, like many others in the Dualtron range. However, this does help to bring the price down and make this scooter more affordable, and the braking power is still all-around reliable.

Dualtron Eagle Pro Rear Tire and Disc Brake

When it comes to hill climbs it’s not just about power but longevity too. Riding up steep slopes can take a lot out of a scooter’s battery so your chosen model must have the power to keep going. The Eagle certainly ticks this box. Equipped with a massive 60V 22.4Ah LG Li-ion battery, this scooter can keep rolling for up to 50 miles on a single charge. You’ll see less than this if you’re planning on riding at top speeds over multiple hills, but the quality of the Eagle’s battery means you’ll still get a decent chunk of that claimed mileage. Plus, with a fast charger, recharging will only take a mere 4 hours.

The Eagle features the same LCD EYE throttle as found on other models in the Dualtron range, allowing you to monitor your speed and power. You can also access several P-settings, giving you the chance to finetune this scooter to your preferences. Adjustable settings include altering your maximum output as well as the strength of the regenerative brakes. Most importantly, you can choose between operating the Eagle as a kick-and-go or a zero-start scooter, something that will come in handy if you’re going to be making a lot of hill stops and starts.

Dualtron Eagle Pro EYE Display

Unfortunately, the Eagle doesn’t come with a headlight, instead featuring front and rear button lights. This means you’ll need to purchase additional lighting if you’re planning any extensive nighttime riding. However, it does feature some pretty awesome stem lighting that you can customize using the remote that comes with the scooter.

Dualtron Eagle Pro Light Setup

Despite its durable construction and high payload of 120 kg, the Eagle is positively lightweight for a Dualtron scooter. Weighing 29.9 kg, it’s one of the lightest in the range, however, compared to other brands, this is a far cry from being easily portable. You won’t be carrying it for any long periods, but the collapsible stem and foldable handlebars make it fairly compact for easy storage.

When it comes to power, Dualtron once again comes out on top. The Eagle Pro is a ferocious hill climber and delivers in line with its top pedigree. The lower £1,599 price tag (for a Dualtron scooter) makes it more accessible if your budget is on the lower end for an extreme performance scooter. You’ll have no problem storming up urban inclines, and even challenging off-road slopes will have to work extra hard to make the Eagle sweat.

30° (57.7% Incline)

Dualtron X 2

Dualtron X 2
30° (57.7% Incline) Winner
It might be heavy and it might be expensive, but the Dualtron X 2 is the ultimate hill-climbing warrior. Thanks to the massive dual motors, enormous torque, and powerful battery, the X 2 can scale hills with a 35-degree incline (70% grade), both on and off-road. This fearsome machine will be too much for inexperienced riders but for more seasoned scooterists looking for the pinnacle of scooter performance, the thrill of the Dualtron X will get your blooding pumping.
£5,599.00

If you like the look of the Eagle Pro but you want a scooter that almost defies gravity, there’s only one for you. The Dualtron X 2 is a hill-climber like no other, with enough power to scale near-vertical hills.

Dualtron X 2 Frame

That’s not an exaggeration. This scooter packs so much power that once you step on it you’ll have no doubts that it can do exactly as it claims, destroying hills up to 35-degrees (equivalent to 70%). The X will take you beyond what traditional electric scooters can do, transporting you into deep depths of the ‘extreme’ territory.

Equipped with massive 8300W max hub motors, the X features near-unparalleled torque and acceleration. It roars to life with even the barest nudge of the throttle, mimicking a motorcycle in its rapid take-off. It can hit a top speed of 68 mph which is crucial in getting you to the top of those extra steep slopes. There’s no doubt that this scooter is an adrenaline junkie’s dream, but it’s definitely not for inexperienced riders. It’ll take a practised hand to tame this beast.

Dualtron X 2 Handlebars

Because of its extreme speed, it also features extreme brakes. Dual hydraulics with optional ABS deliver sensitive and reliable braking to bring you to a stop even on challenging terrain. If you’re looking for precision in your braking experience, you won’t get much better than this.

Dualtron X 2 Hydraulic Disc Brake

The X is made for more than city cruising. Although it can stand up to the fast pace of inner-city life, both its design and stunning hill-climbing ability are meant for daring off-road circuits. It’s fitted with high-quality, responsive coil-over-hydraulic shocks. These manage to deliver a mix of both stiff and soft suspension, easily able to adapt to a variety of environments, even when riding up rocky mountainsides. It also comes with an adjustable steering damper like those commonly found on motorcycles. This will help to keep you steady and stable when riding at top speeds.

Dualtron X 2 Rear Hydraulic Suspension

It boasts some of the biggest wheels I’ve ever seen on a scooter. These tubeless, pneumatic bad boys measure 13 inches tall and 4 inches wide, giving them each a huge contact patch for increased balance and stability. Plus, their size helps you generate more traction for increased propulsion up those stubborn inclines. If you’ve never ridden a scooter with wheels this big before, they may take some time to get used to but you’ll soon come to love the unique floating ride quality they produce.

Dualtron X 2 Large Tubeless Tires

If you’re worried that your hill rides might be a bit too much for the Dualtron X 2, think again. This scooter is the very opposite of fragile, and that extends to its powerful battery too. It features a 72V, 42Ah high-efficiency LG battery, able to keep going for up to 93 miles. Even aggressive riders will see huge mileage with this kind of range on offer (i.e. 50-60 miles), allowing you to take on as many vertigo-inducing climbs as your heart desires.

The standard EYE trigger display will allow you to keep a close eye on your stats, including your remaining battery and current speed. From the cockpit, you can also operate your lights. The X 2 is fully loaded with nighttime lighting, including a very bright headlight as well as rear lights and deck mood lighting. It even features turn signals — these are rare on even the best of scooters. All of this is powered by an additional 12V battery pack located in the stem. This way, your main battery can focus on pushing you up those steep slopes and keeping you out on the road for longer.

Dualtron X 2 Headlight

When you see the X’s stats written out, it’s quite hard to imagine how powerful this scooter is, but one look at this bad boy in the flesh will have you convinced. Everything about it is stylishly chunky and oversized, its monstrous frame giving form to its ferocious potential. Even the deck is massive, able to support riders up to 150 kg as well as being big enough for a seat attachment, available at an extra cost.

Dualtron X 2 Wide Deck

That chunky exterior packs on a fair few kilograms, however. Overall, the X weighs a whopping 66 kg making it the heaviest scooter I’ve ever reviewed. This isn’t surprising given that its innards are made up of a massive battery and two huge motors, but it does mean you won’t be lifting and carrying this beast on your own. Luckily, the X is designed for riding, not portability.

The Dualtron X is, without a doubt, the ultimate hill-climbing scooter. The sheer power its motors are capable of putting out means that even the most challenging of inclines don’t stand a chance. Everything about this scooter is designed to help you ride in the most extreme of conditions which is why it’s so expensive, costing £5,599. This is outside most regular riders’ budgets, but for more serious scooterists, the investment is well worth it.

By Type

Cheapest / Value For Money

Foldable, Light & Most Portable / Commuting

Turboant X7 Pro – Weighing 15 kg, the X7 Pro is light enough to lift and carry. Its foldable frame also makes it ideal for easy storage on public transport, as well as at work or home. Its top speed of 20 mph and range of 30 miles makes it ideal for getting you easily from A to B.

Longest Range

Further Information:

Best Long Range Electric Scooters

Off-Roading

  • Dualtron X 2 – (Hilly, rocky, bumpy, and mountain-esque) – Its outstanding build quality, responsive suspension, and 30-degree hill-climbing ability make the X 2 a serious off-roader. Fitted with massive 13-inch tall and 4-inch wide tyres, the X 2 will keep you comfortable across a variety of terrain.
  • Apollo Pro 52V – (Trails, forest, and hiking paths) – Featuring spring shocks in the front and hydraulics in the rear, the Apollo Pro is ideal for absorbing vibrations out on forest trails and hiking paths. Its large 10-inch pneumatic tyres also make for a comfortable ride.
  • Apollo Explore – (Grassy areas such as parks and fields) – The Apollo Explore features 10-inch pneumatic tyres and a dual spring suspension system perfect for absorbing shocks and keeping you comfortable when venturing off asphalt roads to parks and fields.

Biggest Wheels

Heavy Adults

Optional Seat Attachment

Further Information:

Best Seated Scooters

FAQs

Which Electric Scooter is Best For Hills?

Based on all of my reviews, here are the best electric scooters for climbing hills:

  1. Turboant X7 Pro – Winner of the 5-degree category.
  2. Apollo Explore – Winner of the 10-degree category.
  3. Widewheel Pro – Winner of the 15-degree category.
  4. Apollo Pro 52V – Winner of the 20-degree category.
  5. Dualtron Eagle Pro – Winner of the 25-degree category.
  6. Dualtron X 2 – Winner of the 30-degree category.

Can Electric Scooters Go Up Hills?

You bet they can. However, not all scooters can conquer all hills.

Different models have different hill-climbing abilities. This is mostly determined by how much power and torque their drivetrain puts out, as well as the size and longevity of their battery. Scooters with bigger or dual motors have a better chance of getting you to the top of steeper hills whilst still maintaining speed, whereas those with less power will only be able to manage slight inclines.

You might also find that if you try to tackle a hill that’s too challenging for your scooter, it’ll slow down and you’ll be unable to maintain your pace because of the shift in gradient.

How Do You Ride a Scooter Uphill?

There are three keys to riding scooters up hills.

First, try not to start your ascent whilst stationary on a hill.

This brings me on to my second point, try and ramp up your pace before scaling the incline – momentum is key.

Lastly, as the incline becomes steeper, shift more of your weight to the front of the scooter – in extreme hill accents, this may mean placing your feet in the middle of the deck and leaning into the handlebars.

The post Electric Scooters For Climbing Hills: Breeze Up the Steepest of Inclines appeared first on Electric Scooter Insider.

]]>
Waterproof Electric Scooters: 9 of the Best Scooters For Riding in the Rain https://www.electricscooterinsider.com/en-gb/waterproof-electric-scooters/ Mon, 08 Mar 2021 12:09:39 +0000 http://www.electricscooterinsider.com/waterproof-electric-scooters/ There’s nothing quite like that moment when your first electric scooter arrives on your doorstep. You’ve put it all together, you’re ready to go, and you open the front door… to the disappointing sight of rain. You might be surprised to know that only 40% of electric scooters are equipped with water-resistant ratings (based on […]

The post Waterproof Electric Scooters: 9 of the Best Scooters For Riding in the Rain appeared first on Electric Scooter Insider.

]]>

There’s nothing quite like that moment when your first electric scooter arrives on your doorstep.

You’ve put it all together, you’re ready to go, and you open the front door… to the disappointing sight of rain.

You might be surprised to know that only 40% of electric scooters are equipped with water-resistant ratings (based on my independent research of 99 scooters). And those that are, vary in the level of protection they provide. To avoid bad weather putting a dampener on your good mood, you’ll need to be sure that your scooter comes with the proper certification.

Before we dive into the scooters that I recommend, I’ve listed the most common IP ratings below. IP ratings are the official certification codes that indicate a scooter’s level of protection from water.

Water-Resistant Ratings:

IP RatingDescription
IPX4Resistant to splashes from any direction
IPX5Resistant to a sustained, low-pressure water jet spray
IPX6Resistant to high-pressure, heavy sprays of water
IP54Protected from water spray from any direction
IP55Protected from low-pressure water jets from any direction
IP56Protected from high-pressure water jets from any direction
IP57Protected from immersion between 15 cm and 1 m in depth

It’s important to note that IP ratings are the only official form of certification. Anything lacking an ‘IP’ at the beginning isn’t the real deal.

Best Waterproof Scooters By Price:

Click on the price brackets below to find the best scooter for your budget.

See Summary List of Waterproof Scooters

  1. GoTrax GXL V2 – £239
  2. Turboant X7 Pro – £434
  3. Apollo Light – £699
  4. Apollo City – £849
  5. Apollo Explore – £1,145
  6. Apollo Pro 52V Hydraulic Brake – £1,699
  7. Apollo Pro 60V Hydraulic Brake – Currently not available in the UK
  8. Wolf Warrior – £2,599
  9. Apollo Pro 60V Ludicrous – Currently not available in the UK

Under £300:

GoTrax GXL V2

Best Under £300

The GXL V2 is one of the best-selling budget scooters because of its reliability, affordable price, and thorough feature set. Sure, it doesn’t have all the bells and whistles you might find on a more expensive model, but for the price you pay, it’s excellent value for money. It boasts an IP54 water-resistance rating that’ll protect you come rain or shine.

Read full review

£239.00

Under £600:

Turboant X7 Pro

Best Under £600

The Turboant X7 Pro is the answer for all riders on a budget who are looking for a scooter with a pacey top speed, an impressive range, and a comfortable ride quality. This scooter can go faster and further whilst still keeping the price under £600. It boasts solid construction and has a water-resistant rating of IPX4. At this price, what more could you ask for?

Read full review

*We have converted the price to GBP for your convenience. Prices on the retailer website are in U.S. Dollars but rest assured, we only recommend scooters that can be shipped to the UK.

Get £35 Off. Use Code:
TURBOANT
£434.00 £495.00*

Under £900:

Apollo Light

Best Under £900

The Apollo Light hits all the right notes for first-timers looking for an all-rounder. Its waterproof rating of IP54 makes it suitable for riding in wet weather whilst the combination of speed, portability, and suspension system make it one of the most enjoyable city slicking scooters to ride.

Read full review

£699.00

Under £1,200:

Apollo City

Best Under £1,200

For £849, the Apollo City is one full-featured and well-rounded scooter. It can withstand adverse weather with its IP54 water-resistant rating, keep you comfortable thanks to its thorough suspension and plush tires, and is also able to leave most cyclists in the dust. That’s not to mention its punchy, city-ready range and trio of excellent brakes. If you’re looking for a premium commuter, this is one scooter you should place high up on your shortlist.

Read full review

£849.00

Under £1,500:

Apollo Explore

Best Under £1,500

This scooter brings a whole bunch of fun to the party and is perfect for casual riders who want to upgrade from their starter scooter to something with a bit more of a punch to it. A top speed of 31 mph and a maximum range of 34 miles makes this the ideal city adventurer. Its IP54 water-resistant rating, excellent suspension system, and overall durability make this an awesome all-rounder both on and off-road.

Read full review

£1,145.00

Under £2,000:

Apollo Pro 52V Hydraulic Brakes

Best Under £2,000

The Apollo Pro 52V is the ideal scooter for riders looking to take their first steps into the world of extreme performance scooters. It boasts a high-quality spring and hydraulic suspension system, awesome build quality, and can propel you up to 38 mph across urban and off-road terrain no matter the weather. For the price you pay, the value for money is unparalleled.

Read full review

£1,699.00

Under £2,500:

Apollo Pro

Apollo Pro 60V Hydraulic Brakes

Best Under £2,500

The Pro 60V shares the same features that make the Pro 52V such a formidable scooter but with a heart-thumping top speed of 42 mph and a ferocious acceleration curve. You can count on the 60V to get your blood pumping whilst the extended range and buttery-smooth ride quality make getting from A to B a breeze.

Read full review

Currently not available in the UK.

Under £3,000:

Wolf Warrior

Best Under £3,000

Wolf-like in both name and nature, this scooter is a thrill-seeker’s dream and is sure to get your blood pumping. It delivers on speed, power, and range, whilst the IPX4 water-resistant frame is durable enough to withstand the most challenging riding conditions. It’s excellent value for money given what it can do compared to other scooters in the same price bracket.

Read full review

£2,599.00

Over £3,000:

Apollo Pro Ludicrous

Apollo Pro 60V Ludicrous

Best Over £3,000

The Apollo Pro Ludicrous has the fastest acceleration rate of all and allows a unique element of customization thanks to its Stormcore controller. With an IP54 water-resistant rating and extra-durable frame, it can withstand most riding conditions too. This is one for super scooter enthusiasts, looking to dig into the makeup of their ride and alter it to their specifications.

Read full review

Currently not available in the UK.

Want to read my in-depth reviews of each scooter? Scroll down.

Or, see which waterproof scooters are best by type:

How We Conduct & Support Our Electric Scooter Research:

To support our rigorous scooter review and editorial process, we rely on affiliate commissions. These are at no cost to you.

If you read our guides and reviews, find a scooter that you like, and click through to the retailer then we may earn a commission. We only earn a commission if you purchase a scooter and are happy with it. If you decide that you don’t like it and return it, we don’t earn a commission.

Our work is independent and impartial. Retailers and manufacturers do not influence our reviews. This is extremely important to us as our mission is to help you find your perfect scooter.

Read more about our four core values, the scooter review process, editorial policy, and how Electric Scooter Insider is supported.

We are now on Instagram! You'll find...
If you've found value from our reviews and guides we'd really appreciate it if you could follow us – @electricscooterinsider.

Under £300

GoTrax GXL V2

GoTrax GXL V2
Best Under £300
The GXL V2 is one of the best-selling budget scooters because of its reliability, affordable price, and thorough feature set. Sure, it doesn’t have all the bells and whistles you might find on a more expensive model, but for the price you pay, it’s excellent value for money. It boasts an IP54 water-resistance rating that’ll protect you come rain or shine.
£239.00

GoTrax is renowned for designing and building top-quality budget scooters that get you where you need to go with minimal stress or effort. The GXL V2 is one of the best models they offer and is a firm favourite amongst scooter aficionados.

GoTrax GXL V2 Frame

Part of what makes this such a well-loved scooter is that it features a sturdy and reliable build despite its low price tag of £239. As well as featuring a high level of durability that can support riders up to 100 kg, it also has a water-resistant rating of IP54 so it’s protected from water spray coming from any direction. In real terms, this means you can feel comfortable riding the GXL V2 in light rain without having to worry about it suffering any long-term damage.

GoTrax GXL V2 Handlebar Stem

This is ideal if you’re a commuter and need to get to work whatever the weather. The GXL V2 also comes with 8.5-inch air-filled tires which have increased performance even in wet conditions. This is because they’re able to generate more traction than their solid rubber counterparts (often found on cheap scooters), keeping you stable and balanced.

GoTrax GXL V2 Front Air-Filled Tire

They also do a great job of absorbing shocks from the road which is key to keeping you comfortable. This is especially important for two reasons. Firstly, if you’re buying this as a commuter scooter, the chances are you’re going to be using it fairly regularly so you want a scooter that’s enjoyable to ride. Secondly, this scooter doesn’t come with any additional suspension, so the cushioning from the wheels is the only thing keeping you steady. As a result, I’d steer clear of particularly bumpy or uneven surfaces and stick to smooth roads to get the best of the GXL V2.

Although it’s no racing scooter, the GXL V2 has a city-appropriate top speed of 15.5 mph. For those of you that will be weaving in and out of city streets, you’ll rarely find yourself needing to go any faster than this. The 250W motor gives just enough power to allow you to accelerate quickly and considerably shorten your commute whilst still keeping you safe when riding alongside pedestrians or road traffic. It also allows you to ride up hills with a 14% incline grade, although those at the steepest end of this range will cause you to slow.

GoTrax GXL V2 Front Facing View

When it comes to budget scooters, if there’s one area that tends to fall below par it’s the brakes, however, the quality GoTrax prides itself on means that’s not a problem with the GXL V2. It’s equipped with a rear disc brake as well as a front regenerative brake, both of which are decently strong and deliver reliable stopping power. It’s pretty awesome to see a high-efficiency brake such as a disc brake on a model this cheap and it’s part of what sets this scooter apart from the pack.

GoTrax GXL V2 Disc Brake

The GXL V2 ticks all of the boxes a commuter scooter should, however, it’s worth noting that it’s more suitable for shorter journeys, or those that involve public transport. This is because it has a total range of 12 miles, although more aggressive riding will reduce this. Because of the smaller battery, it only takes 4 hours to charge, but if you need to go further, or you’d like to avoid public transport as a result of the current climate, I’d recommend taking a look at the GoTrax Ultra or Elite, both of which have the same waterproof rating but a longer range (16 and 18.6 miles respectively).

At 12 kg, the GXL V2 is exceptionally lightweight and as a result, very easy to lift and carry, especially because its one-step folding system allows you to collapse it within seconds. This gives you a nice compact package, even if the handlebars don’t fold. Regardless, it’ll be easy to store at work or home and doesn’t take up a lot of space.

GoTrax GXL V2 Folded Frame

What about the added extras? Well, the V2 features a digital display that will allow you to keep an eye on your speed and battery life as well as giving you the option to initiate cruise control when you want to relax without having to worry about maintaining your pace. Next to the display, you’ll find a button for changing gear and operating your headlights. Sadly, the V2 comes with a rear reflector rather than a taillight, so I’d recommend purchasing additional lighting if you plan to ride in the dark regularly. Or, you can upgrade to the GoTrax Apex.

GoTrax GXL V2 Throttle and Cruise Control Function

The GXL V2 is one of the best-selling budget scooters because of its reliability, affordable price, and thorough feature set. Sure, it doesn’t have all the bells and whistles you might find on a more expensive model, but for the price you pay, it’s excellent value for money, especially if you’re a commuter. It’ll get you to and from the office in no time, come rain or shine.

Further Information:

Full GoTrax GXL V2 Review

Under £600

Turboant X7 Pro

Turboant X7 Pro
Best Under £600

The Turboant X7 Pro is the answer for all riders on a budget who are looking for a scooter with a pacey top speed, an impressive range, and a comfortable ride quality. This scooter can go faster and further whilst still keeping the price under £600. It boasts solid construction and has a water-resistant rating of IPX4. At this price, what more could you ask for?

*We have converted the price to GBP for your convenience. Prices on the retailer website are in U.S. Dollars but rest assured, we only recommend scooters that can be shipped to the UK.

Get £35 Off. Use Code:
TURBOANT
£434.00 £495.00*

Are you looking for an electric scooter with a larger range that won’t blow your budget completely out of the water? Don’t worry, it’s not an impossible task. Such scooters do exist and the Turboant X7 Pro is the best of them all.

Turboant X7 Pro Unboxing & Review

A complete unboxing and review of the Turboant X7 Pro. See what the best electric scooter under £600 has to offer. From close-ups of the frame to talking through the impressive stats, this video will show you exactly what you can expect from the Turboant X7 Pro.

This scooter’s standout feature is its longer-than-average range. The X7 Pro can keep going for up to 30 miles, which is almost unheard of for a scooter that costs less than £600. This kind of mileage is perfect for riders with further to go and will serve as a great alternative to public transport.

Turboant X7 Pro Folded

Unlike the majority of other models, the X7 Pro’s battery is fitted to its stem, rather than being stored in the deck. The advantage of this is that it’s easily detachable, meaning it can be removed from the scooter for more flexible charging. This will come in handy if you live in a top-floor flat and don’t want to lug your scooter to the top. It also functions as a great security feature when you’re out and about. If you have to leave the X7 Pro on its own, taking the battery with you acts as a pretty cool theft deterrent.

Turboant X7 Pro Detachable Battery Pack

The cherry on top of the cake is that a detachable battery extends your range indefinitely. Riders can invest in a second battery pack so that if your first one runs dead whilst you’re out and about, you can quickly swap it with a fully charged unit and gain a whole other 30 miles. Handy, huh?

The only downside to this is that the placement of the battery does make the scooter front-heavy. Luckily, the X7 Pro boasts very solid construction and a sturdy stem that helps to support the extra weight. In fact, this scooter can also support more weight in general, making it a great choice for riders up to 125 kg.

Turboant X7 Pro Deck

So, we’ve established that the X7 Pro boasts an impressive set of performance features but what about its protection against water? It features an IPX4 water-resistant rating. This means it can resist light water splashes, so it won’t be damaged if you happen to ride through puddles after a downpour. Its 10-inch air-filled tires are also great for keeping you steady on wet surfaces.

Turboant X7 Pro 10-inch Tire

I’ve been caught in the rain riding the X7 Pro a few times. The foot deck stays grippy but it is important to note that the rear wheel does skid a little on smooth, wet tarmac when the brake is applied. However, I only experienced this while riding at top speeds. Keeping the speed lower eliminates this issue as long as you gradually pull on the brake as opposed to quickly engaging it – just like when you would ride a bike and skid the back tire as a kid.

The plush tires do play a large part in keeping you comfortable, though. Like the GoTrax GXL V2, the X7 Pro doesn’t come with any suspension, so the tires are the main thing protecting you from harsh impacts. They provide a great level of shock absorption, but I’d still recommend avoiding large potholes or rough surfaces.

The X7 Pro performs above expectations when it comes to speed. Its 350W motor will allow you to reach a top speed of 20 mph and has enough power to carry you up hills with a 15% incline grade. This kind of speed means you’ll be able to ride more comfortably in the bike lane and the responsive acceleration makes weaving around other road users safe. Compared to the older X7 model, the Pro has a significantly quicker acceleration curve.

Turboant X7 Pro Handbrake

To compensate for the quicker pace, the X7 Pro comes with not one, not two but three braking mechanisms. These include an electronic throttle-controlled brake, disc brake, and foot brake. When used together, these will bring you to a comfortable stop in as little as 5 meters. This is exceptionally good for a scooter at this price and the added safety factor that comes from such a robust braking system shouldn’t be underestimated.

Turboant X7 Pro Rear Wheel Fender and Disc Brake

It’s also well-equipped to keep you safe at night, too. This is thanks to its 3W front headlight and rear tail light. With both of these turned on, you’ll be more visible to other road users and pedestrians, however, I’d still recommend purchasing additional lighting to improve your visuals on particularly dark roads.

Turboant X7 Pro Headlight

Your lights can be operated from the handlebars, where you’ll also find a smart LED screen that clues you into the scooter’s real-time riding stats, including speed and battery status. From here, you can also change gear, switching between the 3 different riding modes the X7 Pro offers. Each setting has its different speed limitations, so you can choose the best one for any given situation (Beginner – 6 mph, Eco – 10 mph, Sports – 20 mph).

Turboant X7 Pro LED Display and Throttle

For a budget scooter that only costs £434, the Turboant X7 Pro delivers a lot for what you pay. The extensive range alone makes it fantastic value for money. Add the punchy top speed, excellent construction, and general high quality and I think it’s safe to say this scooter is a bargain. It’s an excellent option for riders who want a scooter for daily use or weekend adventures and need to keep their costs below £600.

Further Information:

Full Turboant X7 Pro Review

Under £900

Apollo Light

Apollo Light
Best Under £900
The Apollo Light hits all the right notes for first-timers looking for an all-rounder. Its waterproof rating of IP54 makes it suitable for riding in wet weather whilst the combination of speed, portability, and suspension system make it one of the most enjoyable city slicking scooters to ride.
£699.00

Canada-based Apollo has a reputation for producing high-quality scooters and offering fantastic post-purchase support, making the Apollo Light an attractive option for beginners and commuters looking for a straightforward transport option. The lightest and most compact model Apollo produces, the Light is reliable, city-ready, and gives a taste of what the world of premium electric scooters can offer.

Just because the Light comes labelled as an ‘entry-level’ option doesn’t mean Apollo has shirked on the speed or acceleration. Its 350W motor has a max output of 500W, meaning that you’ll be able to go as fast as 22 mph, whilst also being able to easily scale 10% inclines. Plus, its surprisingly quick pick-up makes for confident and safe cruising. You can reach 15 mph in just 6.2 seconds.

Apollo Light Frame

More experienced scooterists might find it a little lacking in speed, but Apollo has an extensive range of performance scooters if you want something with extra pace.

The Light strikes a great balance between power and portability. It weighs 16.8 kg which places it in the top 35% of scooters (based on 99 models) that are easy to lift and carry. It also boasts foldable handlebars and an easily collapsible frame, making it compact enough to store in even the most awkward of spaces. Both of these are crucial for a great commuter scooter.

Apollo Light Folded

Lightweight it might be, but fragile it’s not. The Light is constructed from a sturdy aluminium frame and features the trademark Apollo blue, black, and white design. It’s able to support riders up to 100 kg and its spacious deck encourages riders to find a natural riding stance for optimum comfort as well as providing enough space for a detachable seat. It also comes with that all-important certified IP54 rating. This means that it’s protected from gentle water spray, so light rain doesn’t pose a problem.

Although it’s aimed at scooter rookies, the Light isn’t a basic machine. It comes with many features you’re more likely to see on premium models, such as its thorough suspension system. Until recently, it was equipped with dual spring suspension in the rear and an additional spring shock in the front. Now, it features a dual fork suspension system in the front, resulting in an ultra-smooth ride across city roads. This level of suspension is pretty rare to see on a scooter that costs less than £900.

Apollo Light Rear Suspension

Alongside the suspension, the 8.5-inch air-filled tires cushion the ride. Plus, the tires are fairly low maintenance – you just need to keep an eye out for flats and make sure that they are pumped up to the correct PSI, just like you would with a bike.

Its brakes are also designed to be robust enough to function with minimal input. It features a drum brake in the rear alongside a regenerative motor brake, both of which Apollo claims require three times less maintenance than other brake alternatives. They are capable of bringing you to a stop in around 4.2 meters which is excellent for an entry-level scooter. Plus, the good thing about drum brakes is that they tend to perform better in wet conditions compared to disc brakes.

In addition to its pace, comfort, and portability, part of what makes the Light such a great scooter is its range. It has a maximum mileage of 22 miles, although realistic riding conditions will result in around 16 miles. This is ideal for those of you with shorter journeys or who plan to stick closer to home.

Apollo Light Foot Deck and Suspension

The Light is fitted with a 48V 10Ah Dynavolt battery which has been shown to perform at the same high standard as LG batteries. This isn’t surprising given that you’ll usually find these on motorcycles rather than scooters and so you can rest assured that your scooter is being powered by a high-quality unit. When you need to recharge, it’ll only take 4.5 hours with the standard charger, but if you splash the cash for the fast charger, you can reduce this down to an incredibly fast 2 hours.

Like all the electric scooters in this list, the Light gives you visibility over your riding stats thanks to the LCD display on the handlebars. It shows your battery and speed as well as allowing you to initiate cruise control. However, unlike other beginner scooters, you have the option of customizing your scooter to your personal preferences. This includes swapping measurement units as well as for deciding between running the Light as a kick-and-go scooter or a zero-start. If you plan to ride in the rain, I would stick with the kick-and-go setting to avoid spinning the back tire.

Apollo Light Handlebars, Command Center and Throttle

The chances are you’ll find yourself riding in the dark at some point. Previously, the Light came equipped with dual front headlights that sat directly above the front wheel, but since they updated the scooter to include the new fork suspension, the headlights have now been integrated into the front of either side of the deck. The same button lights are in the rear, too. These will make you visible to other riders however I’d recommend purchasing some additional lighting to help you see further and keep you as safe as possible.

Apollo Light Bright Headlight

The Apollo Light costs £699 which is on the expensive side for a beginner’s scooter but well worth the money considering what you get. It can be ridden in a variety of conditions and is designed specifically for city riders who are constantly on the move. This is an excellent option for those who are new to the game but want a scooter that comes from a well-respected brand. The 24-month warranty will also help you ride with more confidence and extra customer support is available at all times to help first-timers in a pinch.

Under £1,200

Apollo City

Apollo City
Best Under £1,200
For £849, the Apollo City is one full-featured and well-rounded scooter. It can withstand adverse weather with its IP54 water-resistant rating, keep you comfortable thanks to its thorough suspension and plush tires, and is also able to leave most cyclists in the dust. That’s not to mention its punchy, city-ready range and trio of excellent brakes. If you’re looking for a premium commuter, this is one scooter you should place high up on your shortlist.
£849.00

If you like the look of the Apollo Light but you’re not new to this game and you want a scooter with a bit more to give, take a look at the City. This is Apollo’s designated commuter scooter, combining speed and range without compromising on rider comfort or portability.

Like its younger brother, the City comes with an IP54 rating meaning it can handle light rainfall. This is key for riders who are likely to find themselves riding in all weather conditions, especially if you’re trying to avoid using public transport.

Apollo City Light Setup

As with all Apollo scooters, the City boasts outstanding and reliable build quality. Each component fits together well and prioritizes durability. As a result, this scooter can support heavier riders up to 118 kg, which is around 18 kg more than your average run-of-the-mill scooter. The deck is also very spacious so you can find a comfortable stance on its grippy surface. Covered with a textured blue and black tread, this will also help to keep you stable if you get caught in a light shower.

Apollo City Foot Deck

Speaking of wet riding conditions, the City also features 8.5-inch pneumatic tires. As I’ve mentioned before, these have a reputation for generating good traction on wet surfaces, preventing you from slipping and losing your balance. The tires also provide good shock absorption for a comfortable riding experience across even the roughest urban streets.

This is complemented by an awesome suspension system. With dual springs in the rear and a single spring in the front, the City is well set up to protect your joints when riding over uneven surfaces. It’ll also help to keep you steady and stable if you want to try out some light off-roading too, especially given that the deck has great clearance.

Apollo City Spring Suspension and Rear Tire

More experienced riders might find this to be a more satisfying commuter ride than the Apollo Light because of its ability to reach a faster top speed of 25 mph. The City can hit 15 mph in 4.1 seconds as well as conquering hills of up to 15% with ease. That’s not to say this scooter is a real heart pounder, but it’s more than enough if you’re planning to stick to inner-city streets.

Apollo City Handlebars

Apollo takes the speed increase very seriously and as a result, the City comes with an extremely impressive triple braking system. It’s equipped with a rear drum brake, front disc brake, and a regenerative brake that gives added charge to your battery every time you pull the brake lever. All together, these provide consistent and reliable stopping power that can bring you to a halt in just over 3 meters. This is awesome for a scooter below £1,200.

The City is also perfect if you need to be able to go further thanks to its increased range of 28 miles. This can easily be achieved if you ride consistently in eco mode, however more realistic riding will result in around 18-22 miles. Like the Apollo Light, the City is equipped with a high-quality Dynavolt battery and features a similarly speedy recharge time. A standard charger will see you back on the road in around 8 hours but a fast charger can do it in 4.

Although slightly heavier than the Apollo Light, the City is still a perfect commuter scooter in terms of portability. It weighs a very liftable 17.7 kg and its 3-second folding mechanism makes it ideal for storing at home or under your desk, especially if you collapse the handlebars.

Apollo City Folded

Like all good electric scooters, it comes with a display that shows your speed, distance, and battery charge. It also allows riders to slip into cruise control which, with the additional seat attachment (available at an extra cost), makes for a truly luxurious ride. As with other Apollo scooters, the display also allows you to customize a number of your settings including the units of your measurements. This means you can tweak the City according to your personal preferences.

Apollo City Command Center

Lastly, it’s important to point out that this scooter is well equipped for nighttime riding and features front and rear lights in addition to funky underdeck lighting too. This makes you easily visible to other road users, however, I’d recommend purchasing an extra headlight to help your visibility on darker than average roads.

Apollo City Stand and Under Deck LED Lights

Under £1,500

Apollo Explore

Apollo Explore
Best Under £1,500
This scooter brings a whole bunch of fun to the party and is perfect for casual riders who want to upgrade from their starter scooter to something with a bit more of a punch to it. A top speed of 31 mph and a maximum range of 34 miles makes this the ideal city adventurer. Its IP54 water-resistant rating, excellent suspension system, and overall durability make this an awesome all-rounder both on and off-road.
£1,145.00

It might be one of their primary uses but electric scooters aren’t just good for commuting. They make the perfect companion for weekend adventures and city explorations. Fittingly, the Apollo Explore is perfect for this, injecting a surge of fun into your travels.

A lot of this excitement comes as a result of its 31 mph top speed. With this kind of pace, you’ll be able to leave most cyclists floundering behind you as well as keeping up with faster traffic too. The 1000W motor means that riders up to 120 kg should be able to reach 15 mph in just 3.5 seconds as well as storming up 20% inclines without a problem. This acceleration and torque are a step above your basic commuter and entry-level machines and are a big part of why this scooter is so fun to ride.

Apollo Explore Full Frame

Another point in its favour is how well this scooter can cope on a variety of terrain including smooth tarmac and grassy fields. It can even handle some very light off-road trails too, although its strengths lie mainly in road riding. This is down to its dual spring suspension system and 10-inch pneumatic tires, both of which work hard to keep you stable and steady, absorbing impacts with ease and delivering a smooth, comfortable ride even when rolling over large obstacles. Not to mention, the IP54 rating protects the Explore from dust as well as splashing water.

In addition, its pneumatic tires have a great grip on slick, wet surfaces whilst the anti-slip texture of the spacious deck will stop your feet from slipping and sliding.

Apollo Explore Front Tire and Deck

You can expect stellar performance from the Explore’s brakes too. It comes equipped with high-quality disc brakes in the front and rear. These deliver strong stopping power, slowing you down quickly and efficiently, without feeling jerky or unstable. It also has a regenerative brake that sends a boost of energy to your battery, keeping you going for longer even when you’re slowing down.

Apollo Explore Front Disc Brake

The Explore boasts a generous 34-mile range, so you’ll be able to stay out on your scooter for longer, venturing further. Like the majority of Apollo scooters, the Explore is fitted with a high-quality Dynavolt battery, guaranteeing optimum performance for many rides to come. It’ll take around 8 hours for the Explore to recharge once it runs flat, however, if you invest in the fast charger, you can cut this time in half and get back out on the road in just 4 hours.

Because of the heavier motor and bigger battery, the Explore is heftier than its younger siblings, weighing in at 23.6 kg. It’s safe to say that you won’t want to be lifting and carrying this around for very long. On the bright side, it boasts a speedy folding system, including foldable handlebars, so can be collapsed into a very compact package, ideal for storing.

Apollo Explore Folded

Now it's time to look at the added extras.

The Explore cockpit features the same command centre as other Apollo scooters, alongside a bell. From here, you can monitor your riding stats as well as making adjustments to the scooter’s base settings. Not a big fan of kick-to-start? No problem, switch it up and swap to zero-start mode. You can also engage cruise control which, when combined with the attachable seat (purchased separately at an additional cost), feels positively indulgent.

The Apollo Explore is a treat for the eyes once the sun sets and its many lights turn on. If you want to show your new scooter off, this is the way to do it. It features an LED light strip running the length of the stem as well as side-mounted headlights, dual taillights, and jazzy under-deck lighting.

Apollo Explore Light Setup

Given its faster top speed and more extensive range, the Explore tips over the £1,000 mark, costing £1,145. In my opinion, this is well worth the money considering the features it offers and how much fun you’ll have riding this terrain-agnostic scooter. Plus, as with all Apollo scooters, the 24-month warranty is reassuring for riders both old and new. This is a true all-rounder and I’d recommend it for anyone who’s looking to graduate from their current starter scooter but doesn’t want to make the financial leap to something as powerful as the Apollo Pro quite yet.

Under £2,000

Apollo Pro 52V Hydraulic Brakes

Apollo Pro 52V Hydraulic Brakes
Best Under £2,000
The Apollo Pro 52V is the ideal scooter for riders looking to take their first steps into the world of extreme performance scooters. It boasts a high-quality spring and hydraulic suspension system, awesome build quality, and can propel you up to 38 mph across urban and off-road terrain no matter the weather. For the price you pay, the value for money is unparalleled.
£1,699.00

Although Apollo has a large portfolio of electric scooters, the Apollo Pro 52V is where things start to kick up a notch. If you’re looking for the care and detail evident in the other Apollo models but with an added surge of speed, power, and range, look no further. The Pro is the answer to your prayers.

At face value, the Apollo Pro cuts a similar profile to its siblings, touting the same black, blue, and white frame alongside the sturdy deck, branded with Apollo’s anti-slip tread.

Apollo Pro Full Frame

However, the Pro carries itself with the attitude befitting a high-performance scooter, from the swingarms to its insectoid arch over the front wheel, giving it the look of a praying mantis crouched ready to spring into action.

This comparison isn’t misplaced — even the slightest pressure on the Pro’s throttle is enough to send it surging forward. You’ll notice a marked difference between the Pro’s take-off and that of the Apollo Explore because this scooter is fast. It can reach an awesome top speed of 38 mph, going from 0 to 30 in a mere 6.2 seconds. With a scooter this quick, you won’t need to worry about being relegated to the bike lane.

Its awesome power and torque come from its dual 1000W motors, each of which has a peak output of 1200W. It’s no surprise that it can conquer 40% hills, maintaining speed just as easily as it would on the flat. There’s nothing cautious about this scooter — as soon as you hit that accelerator, you better hold on tight.

Apollo Pro Disc Brake

A scooter with this much power needs the brakes to match and Apollo doesn’t disappoint. The standard Pro comes fitted with dual disc cable brakes as well as an electric regenerative brake that slows your motor and recharges your battery all at once. Although these deliver responsive braking power, Apollo offers the option to upgrade these to hydraulics. I’d recommend doing this if you have the budget as it will result in more efficient braking – which is crucial if you are riding in subpar weather conditions.

Wet weather riding is supported by an IP54 rating, which, as previously discussed, means that rather than only being protected from light water spray, the scooter is also protected from dust. The performance of the Pro in adverse weather conditions is further benefited by the plush 10-inch pneumatic tires which have a good grip on slick surfaces. They also help to give the Pro its standout ride quality. Combined with the front spring and rear hydraulic suspension system, they cushion you from the terrain underfoot letting you glide effortlessly.

Apollo Pro Suspension

Alongside superior ride comfort, the range on offer can keep you going for hours at a time. Rather than the Dynavolt batteries used in other Apollo models, the Pro is fitted with an LG battery that can keep the wheels rolling for up to 56 miles on a single charge, although this is dependent on riding conditions. You’ll see the full range if you stick to eco or single motor mode, but if you prefer to go all out and ride in dual or turbo, this will halve to around 25-35 miles. When it comes to recharging, a regular charger will get you back out on the road in 10 hours, but if you invest in the fast charger this will reduce down to 5.

Like all scooters from Apollo, the Pro’s build quality is one of its defining features. Built for riders up to 150 kg, this is one sturdy machine with a frame designed to withstand the pressure of extreme performance riding. Based on my independent research and testing, it sits in the top 18% of scooters for load capacity (i.e. it can support more weight than 82% of all other scooters). The deck is even wide enough to accommodate a seat attachment (available separately at an extra cost) for those days when you want to sit back and enjoy the ride.

Apollo Pro Foot Deck

The degree of customization available with the Pro is also a big bonus for riders that like to tweak their scooter so it matches their exact preferences. You can choose between various starting modes (kick-to-start or zero-start), as well as adjusting the strength of your regenerative brake and selecting your desired measurement metric. All of this can be controlled from the handlebar display, where you’ll also find controls for the scooter’s lights.

Apollo Pro Handlebars

Because of its high-performance nature, the Pro is a fairly heavy scooter, weighing 34.9 kg. Although it can handle commuter routes with ease, the daily rat race is not where you’ll see the best of it and as a result, it hasn’t been designed with portability in mind. However, it features an efficient folding mechanism to make storage that little bit easier.

The Apollo Pro (with hydraulic brakes) costs £1,699 and it’s worth every penny. It’s the ideal gateway into the big, bad world of extreme performance scooters and serves as a great introduction for riders looking to upgrade from your run-of-the-mill city cruisers without committing to more outrageously priced models.

Under £2,500

Apollo Pro 60V Hydraulic Brakes

Apollo Pro
Apollo Pro 60V Hydraulic Brakes
Best Under £2,500
The Pro 60V shares the same features that make the Pro 52V such a formidable scooter but with a heart-thumping top speed of 42 mph and a ferocious acceleration curve. You can count on the 60V to get your blood pumping whilst the extended range and buttery-smooth ride quality make getting from A to B a breeze.

Currently not available in the UK.

The Apollo Pro 52V is an amazing scooter, but did you know it’s only the first of 3 different versions of the Pro? Second on the list is the Apollo Pro 60V which delivers to the same high standard as its younger sibling, but with even more power.

This scooter is all about performance and boy does it deliver. It features dual 1200W motors that will let you reach a stunning high of 42 mph. With this kind of speed on tap, you’ll be able to easily keep pace with fast-moving traffic. The extra power also means that the Pro’s torque and acceleration are off the charts. You’ll be able to go from 0 to 30 mph in just 5.3 seconds. Speed fiends won’t be disappointed with this rocket-like take-off.

Apollo Pro Insectoid Frame

Because of its responsive acceleration curve, the Pro 60V is also an undisputed champion of hill climbs. It can easily scale inclines with a 40% gradient without losing momentum or speed. Max out the throttle and feel the Pro fly up sheer slopes with ease.

With greater speed comes a greater need for strong braking, and I can assure you that the brakes on the Pro 60V are exceptional. Unlike the Pro 52V, these won’t need to be upgraded for an additional cost because dual hydraulics come as standard. As a result, you can expect crisp and precise braking that you can rely on from the off, no matter the weather.

Like other Apollo models, the Pro 60V upholds the brand’s reputation for high-quality, reliable scooters. Like the Pro 52V, its IP54 water-resistance certification means you can ride it in light to moderate rainfall, whilst the solid aluminium frame and robust build allows it to withstand the wear and tear of rigorous riding. Plus, the spacious deck features an anti-slip rubber, helping riders up to 150 kg keep their balance in wet weather. It’s hard to find any faults at all.

Apollo Pro 10 inch Air Filled Tires

The same can be said of the Pro 60V’s ride quality. It features plush 10-inch pneumatic tires that help to cushion against harsh impacts whilst also increasing your grip on wet roads. These are complemented by an excellent suspension system, consisting of dual spring shocks in the front and rear. Together, these are responsible for delivering a smooth and consistent ride across the vast majority of terrain.

Apollo Pro Front Swingarms

Like the Pro 52V, the 60V can travel for long distances but does have slightly fewer miles to give because of the extra power being drawn to the large dual motors. In a best-case scenario, you can expect a maximum of 50 miles. If you ride aggressively and put the proverbial pedal to the metal, then this will halve.

Nevertheless, the high-efficiency Samsung battery allows you to extend your rides and keep going for longer than 73% of all other scooters (based on my independent research of 99 models). This will appeal particularly if, like me, you regularly forget to charge your electronics once they run flat. When you do need to re-juice, the 60V comes with two charging options. The standard charger is included with the scooter and will take around 10 hours to recharge, whereas the fast charger can be purchased at an additional cost and will see you back out on the road in 5 hours.

The 60V features the same handlebar control display as the Pro 52V, giving you visibility over your riding stats as well as a limited level of customization. From the cockpit, you can also operate your lights. The 60V comes with front and rear button lights located on the deck, as well as cool under-deck effects, to light you up when riding at night. Despite this, I’d still recommend purchasing an additional headlight for greater visibility.

Apollo Pro LED Lights Front View

At 34.9 kg, the Pro 60V isn’t a particularly lightweight scooter, but against comparable scooters, it sits in the typical weight range of 30-36 kg. The weight also helps to play a role in better scooter control during wet weather conditions. With the addition of your body weight, the tread on the plush 10-inch tires has enough downward force to generate the traction needed to stop without skidding.

As with all Apollo scooters, one of the biggest advantages is the warranty. You’ll receive 24 months of cover, which is reassuring when investing in a scooter like this one. The first 12-months will cover you for manufacturer defects, whereas wear and tear is protected for the entire 24-months. It’ll give you an added boost of confidence to go out and make the most of what the Pro has to offer. Apollo has solid post-purchase support, too, and they’re only a phone call away if you run into any problems.

Under £3,000

Wolf Warrior

Wolf Warrior
Best Under £3,000
Wolf-like in both name and nature, this scooter is a thrill-seeker’s dream and is sure to get your blood pumping. It delivers on speed, power, and range, whilst the IPX4 water-resistant frame is durable enough to withstand the most challenging riding conditions. It’s excellent value for money given what it can do compared to other scooters in the same price bracket.
£2,599.00

If you thought the Apollo Pro had a monopoly on high-powered performance scooters, think again. The Wolf Warrior is every bit as ferocious as its name, featuring a monstrously oversized frame and chunky aesthetic that wouldn’t look out of place on the set of a Mad Max film.

Wolf Warrior Review: Is It Still a Worthwhile Investment?

With Kaabo bringing out a range of different Wolf models – including the Wolf Warrior X, X Pro, King, and King GT – we take a deep dive into the Wolf Warrior's performance to let you know if its still a worthwhile investment.

 

It has the bite to back up its bark too. This beast of a scooter can reach a phenomenal top speed of 50 mph. This is down to its dual 1200W motors, combining to give a peak power output of 5400W and a stunning acceleration rate that matches the Apollo Pro 60V. The Wolf’s throttle is so sensitive you only have to look at it before this scooter starts pulsing with the energy to go. Unsurprisingly, hill climbs are a breeze — the Wolf Warrior can conquer inclines up to 30%, which is steeper than even San Francisco’s most vertical streets.

Kaboo Wolf Warrior Frame

A large reason for its awesome potential is down to its inherited pedigree. The Wolf Warrior might be Kaboo-branded, but its drivetrain is made entirely of Mini Motors USA parts. This means it has the same innards as the infamous Dualtron range. In case you didn’t know, these scooters are the most powerful on the market and the Wolf Warrior sits comfortably in their category of insane riding.

Kaboo Wolf Warrior Hydraulic Brakes

Because of its awesome speed, the Wolf Warrior features some of the best brakes money can buy. Equipped with full hydraulic brakes on each wheel, it delivers braking that is precise, controlled, and consistent to bring you to a stop quickly. In fact, these are some of the strongest brakes you’re likely to come across in the world of high-performance scooters.

Although this scooter is all about serving up thrills and adrenaline, that doesn’t mean rider comfort has to suffer. The 11-inch tubeless pneumatic tires help to keep you balanced, as well as generating increased traction in wet weather. Their oversized profile absorbs shocks across a variety of terrain to keep your ride smooth as well as functional – after all, it is at home off-road.

Kaboo Wolf Warrior Knobby Tires

The majority of the shock absorption here, though, is done by the massive front dual hydraulic forks and rear dual spring suspension system. This system has the same amount of power as seen on motorcycles which is fitting given that the Wolf has more in common with its fiery cousins than some of its tamer electric scooter siblings. Its strength lies in its ability to keep you grounded and comfortable even when flying along in the highest speed setting.

Wolf Warrior Hydraulic Suspension and Knobby Tires

The suspension and tires might fulfil their basic purpose of delivering a smooth ride but there’s much more to them than that: they open the door to the world of off-road riding. This is because, at its heart, the Wolf Warrior is an off-road machine through and through. At the point of purchase, you even have the option to choose off-road-specific tires (instead of road tires) that are designed with a knobby tread to help you increase your traction on loose surfaces like dirt, rocks, and sand. Everything about this scooter is designed to keep you safe in extreme riding conditions.

This extends to the Wolf Warrior’s structure and build quality, too. It has excellent ground clearance so you can safely execute jumps, whilst the frame is sturdy and durable enough to deal with the wear and tear of serious off-road conditions, all whilst supporting riders up to 150 kg.

Kaboo Wolf Warrior Rear View

The Wolf’s integrity is kept in check with the IPX4 water-resistant rating, too. It is resistant to water splashes from any direction and muddy puddles won’t faze it. The rubber coating of the spacious foot deck also helps you to keep your footing if water does happen to wash over your standing area.

Without a doubt, the Wolf Warrior distinguishes itself when it comes to speed, durability, and off-road capabilities, but it also manages to deliver a thoroughly impressive range too. It can travel up to a maximum of 70 miles on a single charge which is considerably more than the Apollo Pro 60V and its more extreme brother, the Ludicrous.

Wolf Warrior Stand

This is thanks to the massive 35Ah LG battery. Most scooters will experience a drop in mileage when ridden in the most aggressive settings, but thanks to the Wolf’s high-quality LG unity, you should see upwards of 45 miles. When it comes to recharging, the Wolf will get you back out on the road in an impressively fast 8 hours.

Because of the massive motors, large battery, and ultra-chunky frame, it should come as no surprise that the Wolf Warrior is a hefty beast. It weighs an eye-watering 45.8 kg, so you won’t be able to lift it easily on your own. It’s unlikely that you’ll be taking this on public transport with you. However, it does fold for storage when you’re not using it. As mentioned with the Apollo Pro 60V, the weight helps to play a role in better scooter control during wet weather conditions. With the addition of your body weight, the gippy tread on the tires has enough downward force to generate the traction needed to stop without skidding.

As well as the drivetrain (mentioned above), the Wolf Warrior also uses the same EYE throttle display as found on Dualtron scooters.

Kaboo Wolf Warrior Handlebars

With this, you have visibility over your speed and battery stats, and the ability to customize the performance configuration. The handlebars also feature a very loud horn and power control buttons. From here, you can operate the plethora of lights that the Warrior comes with. It has two super-bright front headlights, a rear tail light, as well as deck and ground effects. This is one scooter that you won’t have trouble seeing in the dark with.

Kaboo Wolf Warrior Powerful Headlights

At £2,599, the Wolf Warrior is a worthwhile investment, especially when compared to other extreme performance scooters in the same category. For example, it’s clear to see the Wolf’s value for money when you compare it to the Dualtron Ultra 2, a monster that matches the Wolf Warrior for off-road performance. The Ultra 2 retails for around £3,280, which is a whopping £681 more than the Wolf. To sum it up, it’s fun, it’s fierce, and it’ll make every adrenaline junkie’s blood sing. It lives up to its name with its wolfish attitude and once you’ve stepped foot onto it, most electric scooters will pale in comparison.

Over £3,000

Apollo Pro 60V Ludicrous

Apollo Pro Ludicrous
Apollo Pro 60V Ludicrous
Best Over £3,000
The Apollo Pro Ludicrous has the fastest acceleration rate of all and allows a unique element of customization thanks to its Stormcore controller. With an IP54 water-resistant rating and extra-durable frame, it can withstand most riding conditions too. This is one for super scooter enthusiasts, looking to dig into the makeup of their ride and alter it to their specifications.

Currently not available in the UK.

If you’re looking for a waterproof scooter with acceleration that tests the boundaries of physics and can push your riding experience beyond anything you could ever imagine, look no further. As its name implies, the Apollo Pro Ludicrous is one insane machine with the sole purpose of flooding your body with adrenaline and heady endorphins.

Apollo Pro on Dirt Track

Although its 44 mph top speed is lower than that of the Wolf Warrior, it’s the acceleration on this thing that gives it its reputation as a certified land rocket. It has the fastest acceleration rate ever tested. It can go from 0-15 mph in a mere 1.7 seconds. The sensitive thumb throttle makes it easy for you to hit top speeds, surging forward at the slightest pressure.

This kind of responsiveness makes it an awesome hill climber, giving it a faster rate of ascension. It also means you’ll be able to roar your way up inclines with a 40% grade. This is steeper than any urban hill you’re likely to come across so you’ll have to venture off-road to test this scooter’s limits.

Regardless of your terrain, the Ludicrous is well-equipped to deal with varying riding conditions. It’s incredibly well-built and the frame is almost indestructible, able to support heavier riders up to 150 kg. It comes with an IP54 water-resistant rating, meaning that it can withstand water spray from any direction, and as a result, you can ride it in moderate rainfall without worrying about sustaining long-term damage.

Apollo Pro Off-Roading

It’s fitted with luxuriously large 10-inch pneumatic tires that have increased traction in wet weather, as well as helping to take the edge off harsh impacts. If you’re planning to ride off-road regularly, you can also upgrade to heavy-duty knobby tires for improved ride stability on uneven terrain.

Complementing the tires is a best-in-class suspension system that features front spring and rear hydraulic shocks to help deliver a smooth and consistent ride quality. As a result, you’ll always feel stable and in control, even when testing its razor-sharp acceleration.

The speed this scooter demonstrates demands some serious braking power to counteract its ferociousness. The Ludo has taken all of the braking power from its younger sibling, the Pro 60V, and built on it. The Ludicrous doesn’t disappoint. It features full hydraulic brakes as well as an electric regenerative brake. Together, this gives you precise stopping power, putting you firmly in control of your ride and tempering its eye-watering acceleration.

Apollo Pro Powerful Brakes

Thanks to the 52V 22.5Ah battery, the Ludicrous has a maximum range of 56 miles, making those longer journeys possible. This is down to the fact that this scooter is powered by high-quality Samsung cells, which are a rarity in the electric scooter game and deliver top-notch performance. However, it is worth noting that if you plan to ride aggressively, your range will reduce by almost half. A regular charger will see you back out on the road in 10 hours, although a fast charger will get you there in 5.

For a scooter that can go this fast and this far, the Ludicrous is fairly manageable. It, like the rest of the Apollo Pro range, weighs 34.9 kg, which is much less than the gargantuan Wolf Warrior. It’s still not a lightweight machine and you won’t want to carry it for long periods, but for an extreme performance scooter, it’s pretty portable. It folds down neatly too, allowing for convenient storage.

So far, the Ludicrous ticks all the same boxes as the other Apollo Pro models, albeit with faster acceleration, but what makes it stand apart from the crowd? It’s all down to the Stormcore controller. Originally made for electric skateboards, this is the part of the Ludicrous that controls its two motors. What’s so great about this is that it features a Bluetooth radio that connects to the Stormcore app. This allows you to tweak your scooter’s performance with a new level of finesse.

Riding the Apollo Pro

This app also functions as your digital display — you won’t find a built-in screen anywhere on the handlebars. The scooter doesn’t come with a designated phone mount for this, so if you want to have eyes on your stats in real-time, you’ll have to purchase one separately.

If customizing your scooter through the app wasn’t enough, the Ludicrous also comes with a USB cable that allows you to connect the scooter to your computer. This gives users even greater control over how their scooter rides, however, this isn’t something that inexperienced scooterists should consider tampering with. Any customization, including that offered by the Stormcore controller, could go very wrong if you aren’t sure what you’re doing.

Like all extreme performance scooters, the Ludicrous is an expensive piece of kit. It won’t be within everyone’s budgets, but if you’re the kind of rider that likes to control your riding experience on a granular level, the Ludicrous is an investment well worth making. The level of customization you can achieve is unparalleled, allowing scooter enthusiasts the room to tinker and tweak until their heart’s content.

Waterproof Electric Scooters by Type

Foldable, Light & Most Portable

  • GoTrax GXL V2 – Weighs 12 kg and has folded dimensions of 43.3 x 17.1 x 4.6 inches
  • Turboant X7 Pro – Weighs 15 kg and has folded dimensions of 42.6 x 16.5 inches x 18.1 inches
  • Apollo Light – Weighs 16.8 kg and has the most compact folded dimensions (39 x 6.9 x 15.7) thanks to its telescopic stem and foldable handlebars

Commuting

  • Turboant X7 Pro – An excellent budget commuter that has a decent speed, ticks the portability box, and an extended 30-mile range
  • Apollo Light – The Light has a 22-mile range perfect for medium commutes, whilst remaining portable and easy to store. It’s perfect for beginners
  • Apollo Light – Ideal for those looking for a premium commuter. It combines power, portability, and comfort to get you from A to B in style

Longest Range

Off-Roading

  • Wolf Warrior – (Hilly, rocky, bumpy, and mountain-esque) – Equipped with best-in-class suspension, high clearance, and a bomb-proof frame. You also have the option to order the Wolf Warrior with specific knobby off-road tires.
  • Apollo Pro 52V Hydraulic Brakes – (Trails, forest, and hiking paths) – A hydraulic-spring suspension mix and large pneumatic tires result in a comfortable ride across light off-road trails.
  • Apollo Explore – (Grassy areas such as parks and fields) – Features dual-spring suspension and slick road tires that will allow you to traverse grassy areas whilst maintaining ride quality.

Biggest Wheels

Heavy Adults

Optional Seat Attachment

Further Information:

Best Seated Scooters

FAQs

Which Electric Scooters Are Waterproof?

Based on all of my reviews, here are the best waterproof electric scooters (ordered by price):

  1. GoTrax GXL V2 – £239
  2. Turboant X7 Pro – £434
  3. Apollo Light – £699
  4. Apollo City – £849
  5. Apollo Explore – £1,145
  6. Apollo Pro 52V Hydraulic Brake – £1,699
  7. Apollo Pro 60V Hydraulic Brake – Not currently available in the UK
  8. Wolf Warrior – £2,599
  9. Apollo Pro 60V Ludicrous – Not currently available in the UK

Did You Know: Only 40% of electric scooters are equipped with water-resistant ratings (based on my independent research of 100+ scooters)

Can Electric Scooters Be Used in the Rain?

It depends on the electric scooter. Electric scooters that come with a water-resistant rating of IPX4 or higher can be ridden in the rain without sustaining long-term damage, however, the level of rain they can handle depends on the standard of their certification. For example, scooters with a rating of IPX4 can only withstand very light rain, but those with an IP57 certification won’t be harmed by even the heaviest of showers and are waterproofed against full submersion.

Despite this, it isn’t recommended that you ride in the rain for prolonged periods. Even with the reassurance of a certification, other factors can make riding in wet weather dangerous. Where you can, try to stick to dry days or light showers at the most.

Can You Wash an Electric Scooter?

Yes, you can. However, there’s a bit more to it than just dousing it with a bucket of water. Although the scooters that I have reviewed each come with a water-resistant rating, that’s not the case with all models. The majority of scooters have no certification at all.

As a result, when you’re washing your electric scooter, make sure that all areas where water could seep in are tightened up and use a precision tool (such as a toothbrush — you don’t need to get fancy) to get into the hard to reach areas around the wheels and brakes. Using a wet sponge to wash down the scooter’s frame is a safe way of removing excess dirt and dust but resist the use of a pressurized hose spray to wash it down.

How Do I Protect My Scooter From Rain?

The easiest way to protect your scooter from the rain is to avoid riding during a downpour. If this is unavoidable, make sure to only venture out into weather that your scooter’s certification can handle. Between rides, make sure that your scooter has the chance to dry out completely and when not in use, invest in a waterproof cover to keep it dry.

Can You Ride an Electric Scooter in the Winter?

Generally, as a rule of thumb, it’s a good idea to avoid riding in extreme winter conditions, especially if there’s snow involved, however, for some, that isn’t always possible. Luckily, with the proper preparations, winter doesn’t need to spell the end of your scooter excursions.

If you find yourself having to venture outside on your scooter, make sure to swap your summer tires for winter-ready alternatives that are wider, softer, and have a thicker tread as well as reducing your speed as much as possible to increase your steering and braking control. Also, make sure you wear bright clothing to keep you visible at all times.

When it comes to charging your scooter, resist the urge to plug it in as soon as you step through the door. Give the battery a chance to warm up first. It’s also important to make sure your scooter dries thoroughly after every ride — lingering moisture could mean disaster for your electronic components.

These precautions are only necessary if you have no choice but to use your electric scooter in the winter. It’s much safer to use alternative methods of transport if you can when the weather takes a turn for the worst.


The post Waterproof Electric Scooters: 9 of the Best Scooters For Riding in the Rain appeared first on Electric Scooter Insider.

]]>
Best 60-70 MPH Electric Scooters https://www.electricscooterinsider.com/en-gb/60-70-mph-electric-scooters/ Sun, 31 Jan 2021 22:53:07 +0000 http://www.electricscooterinsider.com/60-70-mph-electric-scooters/ Looking for a high-speed scooter that can hit 60 mph? What about 65 mph? Or even… 70 mph? That’s right, you didn’t misread that. It doesn’t seem like so long ago that a 20 mph scooter was considered extreme. Nowadays, this kind of maximum speed is relegated to the commuter bracket whilst high-speed performance machines […]

The post Best 60-70 MPH Electric Scooters appeared first on Electric Scooter Insider.

]]>

Looking for a high-speed scooter that can hit 60 mph?

What about 65 mph?

Or even… 70 mph?

That’s right, you didn’t misread that.

It doesn’t seem like so long ago that a 20 mph scooter was considered extreme. Nowadays, this kind of maximum speed is relegated to the commuter bracket whilst high-speed performance machines can hit staggering speeds more commonly associated with motorcycles. That’s fast enough to get the blood of even the most dedicated thrillseekers thrumming.

If you’ve found your way to this page, it’s likely that you’re already a self-confessed adrenaline junkie and speed addict, and you’re looking for your next big investment to bring the thrill. Below are three scooters that break all the rules and stretch the boundaries.

It’s worth noting that these machines have all been designed with experienced riders in mind. If you’re new to the electric scooter game, it’s smart to start with a slower model before working your way up to something that can hit these kinds of speeds.

Editor choice

Dualtron X 2

The biggest and baddest Dualtron scooter to date, the X 2 takes everything you loved about the X and dials it up. With a top speed of 68 mph, this is the fastest scooter on the market, delivering eye-watering acceleration and torque. This is the ideal extreme scooter for experienced riders and showcases the staggering advancement of
electric scooter tech — which is the reason it costs so much.

Read full review

£5,599.00

Dualtron Ultra 2

The ultimate high-speed, off-road machine, the Dualtron Ultra 2 is the king of the adrenaline rush. It can reach speeds of up to 62 mph and is purpose-built to withstand the rigours of extreme off-road riding. If this kind of ride is what you’re after, the Ultra 2 is an absolute must.

Read full review

£3,350.00

Dualtron Storm

Fast, powerful, and convenient — the Dualtron Storm is unlike any other scooter made by Mini Motors USA thanks to its detachable battery. This makes it an altogether more practical option without compromising its top-quality performance. It’s perfect for speed fiends looking for a road-ready racing scooter.

Read full review

£3,720.00

Want to take a closer look at each of the scooters above? See my full reviews below.

How We Conduct & Support Our Electric Scooter Research:

To support our rigorous scooter review and editorial process, we rely on affiliate commissions. These are at no cost to you.

If you read our guides and reviews, find a scooter that you like, and click through to the retailer then we may earn a commission. We only earn a commission if you purchase a scooter and are happy with it. If you decide that you don’t like it and return it, we don’t earn a commission.

Our work is independent and impartial. Retailers and manufacturers do not influence our reviews. This is extremely important to us as our mission is to help you find your perfect scooter.

Read more about our four core values, the scooter review process, editorial policy, and how Electric Scooter Insider is supported.

We are now on Instagram! You'll find...
If you've found value from our reviews and guides we'd really appreciate it if you could follow us – @electricscooterinsider.

In-Depth Reviews

1. Dualtron X 2​

Dualtron X 2
The biggest and baddest Dualtron scooter to date, the X 2 takes everything you loved about the X and dials it up. With a top speed of 68 mph, this is the fastest scooter on the market, delivering eye-watering acceleration and torque. This is the ideal extreme scooter for experienced riders and showcases the staggering advancement of electric scooter tech — which is the reason it costs so much.
£5,599.00

If you’re on the hunt for a scooter that can put out some extreme speed, and you’ve always coveted the extreme Dualtron X, get ready to hit new levels of excitement. There’s a new Dualtron in town and it successfully steals the crown for the fastest and most radical scooter of all. Introducing: the Dualtron X 2.

The Beast is Back. Feast Your Eyes on the Dualtron X 2

See what this beast has to offer in the looks department.

As the name indicates, the X 2 takes many of its impressive stats from its younger brother, the X, but with a few crucial differences. The most important of these is the drastic increase in speed. The X2 can reach an almost incomprehensible top speed of 68 mph. This is down to its enormous 8300W hub motors which give it the means to deliver heart-stopping acceleration and tremendously powerful torque.

Dualtron X 2 Frame

This also means that the X 2 is the undisputed king of hill climbs. It can triumph over hills with a 70% gradability. To put this in context, the steepest street in San Francisco has an incline of 27% — the X 2 could breeze up this without even breaking a sweat. There are very few inclines out there that this scooter couldn’t handle.

With its top speed of 70 mph, the X 2 should be classed as a motorcycle rather than an electric scooter, so a reliable set of brakes is a must. Luckily, the X 2 ticks that box, boasting dual hydraulic brakes with optional ABS. These are the best brakes on the market and will be extremely sensitive to even the slightest pressure. You can trust that they’ll respond when you need them to, slowing you down smoothly and consistently.

Another big difference between the original X and the X 2 is the new and improved 19-step suspension system.

Dualtron X 2 Rear Hydraulic Suspension

What is that, you might ask? It’s a highly intuitive hydraulic system that allows for intensity adjustments to suit your riding requirements. When it comes to suspension, one size does not fit all. A stiffer suspension is better for smooth roads and fast speeds, whereas a softer setup gives better comfort and traction when riding across bumps and depressions. With the X 2’s 19-step system, you won’t be limited to the terrain you can handle, but can adjust your scooter to your preferred settings as and when necessary.

Dualtron X 2 Front Hydraulic Suspension

This system is made all the more successful by the X 2’s massive 13-inch pneumatic tyres. These are the same as those seen on the X, delivering excellent shock absorption and a balanced, plush ride. Their large size will take some time to get used to and you won’t be able to perform any sharp or drastic manoeuvres, but once you get the hang of it, the floating ride quality will quickly become one of your favourite things about this scooter.

Dualtron X 2 Large Tubeless Tires

It’ll especially come in handy if you decide to take your X 2 on an extended ride. With its enormous LG battery, this scooter is powerful enough that it can support its massive motors and keep going for up to 93 miles. However, it is worth noting that if you ride in the dual-motor or pro setting, the maximum range will be far less (55-60 miles), whereas opting for eco mode will extend this. The EYE controller and battery voltage meter both allow you to keep an eye on your battery level (and speed) but when you do need to top up that power bar, expect to wait around 25 hours with a single charger, 12 hours with 2 chargers, or 8 hours with the fast charger.

Dualtron X 2 Voltage Meter

Here's a photo of the scooter's controls, including the turn signals:

Dualtron X 2 Handgrip and Scooter Controls

Thankfully, the X 2 channels the same brutal, chunky exterior as the original X. This is just as much a functional feature as an aesthetic one, because the bulky frame and sturdy construction make it able to withstand the pressures of high-speed riding. It’s also been designed to support a bigger payload than its younger brother and can carry up to 150 kg. This means it’s an ideal choice for heavier riders.

Dualtron X 2 Wide Deck

Unsurprisingly, the combination of two huge motors, a massive battery, and a super chunky frame doesn’t make for a lightweight scooter. In fact, at 66 kg, the X 2 is the heaviest scooter I’ve reviewed and weighs almost the same as an adult mountain lion. Although it’s not designed to be lifted or carried easily, it does collapse down and has foldable handlebars to make it slightly easier to store.

There’s a strong chance you’ll find yourself riding the X 2 after sunset, so you'll be glad to know that this monster scooter has been equipped with a plethora of lighting options. It features dual front LED headlights as well as an illuminated LED neck, side deck lights, bottom ambient lighting, and a taillight that also acts as a brake light. Not only that, but it also comes with turn signals which are vital to letting other road users know where you plan on turning. Unlike the X, the lights on the X2 are fully customizable, so you can choose between a red, green, or blue colour scheme.

Dualtron X 2 Headlight Turned Off

Here's what the headlight looks like when it's turned on:

Dualtron X 2 Headlight

Given that the standard X costs almost £5,000, it’s no surprise that the X2 will set you back a pretty penny. It retails at £5,599, which is way outside of most casual scooterists’ budgets. This is probably just as well because the power on this scooter means that it’s better left to more experienced riders who can deal with its motorcycle-like quirks and features.

If you have the budget to burn and you’re looking to place yourself at the forefront of cutting-edge scooter technology, the Dualtron X 2 is a machine you won’t want to miss out on. With unparalleled speed and power, this scooter is the stuff of dreams.

An Overview of the Dualtron X 2

From close-ups of the frame to talking through the features, see what the Dualtron X 2 has to offer.

2. Dualtron Ultra 2

Dualtron Ultra 2
The ultimate high-speed, off-road machine, the Dualtron Ultra 2 is the king of the adrenaline rush. It can reach speeds of up to 62 mph and is purpose-built to withstand the rigors of extreme off-road riding. If this kind of ride is what you’re after, the Ultra 2 is an absolute must.
£3,350.00

If you’re looking for an off-road beast that can break through the 60 mph speed barrier, there’s only one contender in the mix: the brand-new Dualtron Ultra 2. This scooter is made for riders who plan to spend all of their riding time surfing dirt tracks and mountainous paths.

The Ultra 2 is the successor to the much-loved Dualtron Ultra and is the answer to off-road enthusiasts’ prayers. It’s got everything you could want for an out-of-this-world off-road experience but with bigger motors and — you guessed it — a much higher maximum speed limit.

Dualtron Ultra 2 Off-Roading

The Ultra 2 can reach up to 62 mph and puts out an enormous 6640W of peak power. That’s more speed and power than you’ll find on the Dualtron X, the former crowning glory of this extreme scooter range. The Ultra 2’s improved performance also means it’s exceptionally quick to accelerate and its supersized torque output makes sure that even 35-degree slopes won’t stand a chance.

The original Ultra came with specially designed heat sinks to maintain optimum conditions for the motors and its big brother features the same controllers. However, they’ve been relocated to the rear of the scooter. This allows for better heat management and water resistance, extending the lifetime of your motors even further. It also guarantees that your Ultra 2 will always be able to ride at the peak of its performance no matter where you are.

This is pretty handy for an off-road scooter because it’ll have to constantly work to push you up and over rugged terrain. But this isn’t the only thing that makes the Ultra 2 the perfect off-road companion. It also comes pre-fitted with 11-inch knobby off-road tyres that are perfect for increasing your traction on loose surfaces like sand and dirt. The added texture and large size mean you’ll feel a noticeable difference in your grip and balance, especially when riding at top speeds.

Dualtron Ultra 2 Large Knobby Rear Tire

The Ultra 2 is also equipped with a thorough dual suspension system, featuring 5 stages of adjustment in the rear to help your scooter absorb the impact from punishing hits or jumps. The various levels also mean that you’ll be able to tweak the Ultra 2 to your preferences, choosing the setting that’s better suited to your terrain of choice.

Brakes are important on all scooters, but especially on high-speed off-road beasts where thrill and adrenaline are the order of the day. The Ultra 2 is fitted with dual hydraulic brakes and optional ABS. Having a brake on both wheels is vital to achieving the responsive and consistent stopping power you want on a scooter like this and will help to keep you safe when rocketing along rough and uneven paths.

Dualtron Ultra 2 Disc Brake

There’s no use investing in an off-road scooter if it doesn’t have the range to keep you out on the tracks for long periods. Luckily, the Ultra  2 comes with a new, large 72V LG battery. This helps to power its huge motors but also means it can keep going for a maximum of 87 miles on a single charge. This is thanks to the quality that comes with a battery from such a renowned manufacturer. As with all electric scooters, the more aggressively you ride, the less mileage you get. Realistically, if you push this beast to its limits, you can expect 52-55 miles.

The Ultra 2 sets out to be the king of off-road scooters and that’s reflected in its construction and build quality. This guy is sturdy, although not quite as bulky as the X or X 2. It’s made from aviation-grade aluminium alloy and is reinforced in all the right places, able to withstand the abuse meted out by off-road terrain. It’s able to support a larger payload of 150 kg too, which is 30 kg more than its predecessor.

Dualtron Ultra 2 Wide Deck

The Ultra 2 also boasts an upgraded lighting system and control module. The former means that it now comes with flashing LED lights along the deck and stem, in addition to the dual front headlight, rear light, and brake lights. The new and improved controller is separate from the traditional EYE display and allows users to operate hazard lights as well as switching between eco and turbo mode.

Like most extreme Dualtron scooters, the Ultra 2 is not a lightweight machine, however, it’s lighter than the X 2, weighing 39.9 kg. Still, this isn’t a scooter you’re going to be carrying around. This is best transported in the back of a pickup truck or ridden right from your doorstep. On the bright side, it does come with foldable handlebars and a collapsible stem for easier storage.

At £3,350, the Ultra 2 is £1,267 more than the Ultra, but if high speed is top of your priority list, the extra pounds are worth it. This scooter is a must for any enthusiast who wants to take their riding to the next level and get serious about off-roading. The Dualtron pedigree and most recent upgrades will shine through in the quality the Ultra 2 has to offer.

An Overview of the Dualtron Ultra 2

Discover what this off-road monster has to offer.

3. Dualtron Storm

Dualtron Storm
Fast, powerful, and convenient — the Dualtron Storm is unlike any other scooter made by Mini Motors USA thanks to its detachable battery. This makes it an altogether more practical option without compromising its top-quality performance. It’s perfect for speed fiends looking for a road-ready racing scooter.
£3,720.00

Are you ready to take your first step and invest in the big, bad world of extreme performance scooters but aren’t quite prepared for the commitment of lugging around a hefty, cumbersome machine? I might just have the answer for you: The all-new Dualtron Storm. This is one hotly anticipated scooter and for some very good reasons.

Dualtron Storm Review: Insane Torque Scorching Monster

From its terrifying torque to its colossal 80-mile range and kaleidoscopic wealth of swag lighting, the Dualtron Storm is one of the most impressive machines that the Dualtron line has put out. Join us as we run you through the key things that you need to know about the Dualtron Storm.

 

On the surface, the Storm looks like any other Dualtron scooter and delivers the same fast and furious speeds as its family members. Similar to the Ultra 2, it comes with 6640W motors that translate to a top speed of 62 mph. The motor design is slightly different, however, but that doesn’t impact its performance. If anything, it improves it by allowing it to put out much faster torque that results in an unbelievably rapid acceleration curve.

Dualtron Storm Frame

Like other scooters of this pedigree, it’s a bona fide hill-climbing champion. The power it delivers means that it can scale 35-degree inclines with little difficulty, especially when in turbo mode. Even better, it’ll be able to maintain top speeds up the majority of inclines. It also comes with the same heat sink and waterproof controller combination as seen on the Ultra 2, keeping your motors healthy even when they’re working at their peak capacity.

To counterbalance the insane speed and torque of the Storm, it comes equipped with dual hydraulic brakes and optional ABS. This gives you complete control over your speed. The brake levers will be incredibly sensitive, tuned to keep you safe with the slightest twitch of your fingers.

So, what sets it apart from its Dualtron siblings? Well, the Storm is the only scooter in the Dualtron range to come with detachable batteries. The advantage of this lies in your ability to remove the battery for charging whilst your scooter is parked safely elsewhere.

Dualtron Storm Deck and Removable Battery

This is especially handy considering the Storm weighs 45.8 kg so you won’t need to worry about lugging it up multiple staircases to charge it. Simply use the key to unlock the battery from the deck and lift using the integrated handle. When replacing it, you might find it a bit fiddly to arrange the wires so that the battery sits flat but this is a minor gripe considering the convenience this new feature offers.

The new design also doesn’t affect the quality of the battery. Dualtron has stuck with their favoured LG 72V unit which delivers between 68 and 80 miles depending on how aggressively you ride. This gives you plenty of range to enjoy the adrenaline-inducing speed this scooter offers.

Dualtron Storm Controller, Heat Sink and Foot Rest

Like other Dualtron models, the Storm comes with large, tubeless, pneumatic tyres, measuring 11 inches. These help to keep you balanced and stable when riding at high speeds, whilst providing good shock absorption against surface imperfections. They also feature a slicker tread, which generates more traction on smooth roads than the knobby tyres found on the Ultra 2.

The Storm has been fitted with a rubber suspension system, operated by the use of 5 different interchangeable rubber cartridges. This is an innovative method of suspension that’s unique to Dualtron. Each of the cartridges determines the level of softness or stiffness in your suspension. That way, you can choose your poison and tailor your ride to your preferences and environment.

To help you to keep an eye on both your battery and speed, the Storm comes with an EYE throttle display and voltage meter, as well as a new handlebar controller.

Dualtron Storm Controls and Turn Signals

From here you can switch between eco and power mode as well as operate the scooter’s loud horn. You’ll also find buttons to operate the additional hazards and turn signals. Other lights on the Storm include a super-bright LED headlight, dual rear lights, and stem and deck lights.

Dualtron Storm Rear Lights

As I previously mentioned, the Storm isn’t a light scooter. It weighs 45.8 kg, which is comparable to the Wolf Warrior, but with a higher maximum speed and longer range. Although you won’t be taking this baby on public transport with you, it can be folded for storage, its foldable handlebars making it easier to tuck away if you’re short on space.

The Dualtron Storm is a perfect marriage of raw power and practical convenience. Its removable battery makes it a more realistic option for those who don’t have the space to store a charging scooter of this size. At £3,720, it’s not cheap but this kind of investment will get you a machine that doesn’t hold back when it comes to speed and power. It’s perfect for riders that want a drag-race winning scooter.

An Overview of the Dualtron Storm

Take a look at the Dualtron Storm's defining features with this thorough video.

The post Best 60-70 MPH Electric Scooters appeared first on Electric Scooter Insider.

]]>
Electric Scooters for Students https://www.electricscooterinsider.com/en-gb/electric-scooters-for-students/ Sun, 31 Jan 2021 19:18:34 +0000 http://www.electricscooterinsider.com/electric-scooters-for-college/ Heading off to school or univeristy? If you want a stress-free and stylish way of getting between your dorm room and the campus, an electric scooter is a must. Never again will you turn up late to class, bedraggled and sweaty because you missed your morning alarm and had to sprint the distance. There are […]

The post Electric Scooters for Students appeared first on Electric Scooter Insider.

]]>

Heading off to school or univeristy? If you want a stress-free and stylish way of getting between your dorm room and the campus, an electric scooter is a must. Never again will you turn up late to class, bedraggled and sweaty because you missed your morning alarm and had to sprint the distance.

There are plenty of scooters out there that are perfect for this job, but I’ve narrowed it down to four.

Each of these options is affordable, lightweight, and comes with the ideal combination of speed and range that’s perfect for riding to, from, or across campus without taking public transport – which is particularly important at a time when crowded public transport isn’t the most appealing option due to the COVID-19 pandemic.

I know that every penny counts, so I’ve split the scooters by price to make sure there's a model for all budgets.

GoTrax GXL V2

Best Under £300

The GXL V2 is an ideal scooter for students thanks to its lightweight portability and a campus-ready top speed of 15.5 mph. With a range of 12 miles, this scooter can handle daily riding between classes whilst still being small and compact enough to store under your desk when you reach your destination. Considering all it has to offer, this affordable scooter is extremely good value for money.

Read full review

£299.00

Turboant X7 Pro

Best Under £600

This is the best value for money electric scooter. If you like the sound of a long-range (30 miles) and a top speed of 20 mph, then look no further. The Turboant X7 Pro ticks the portability box (although it is a little heavier than the GoTrax GXL V2), and can easily be folded and stored out of sight. At £434, it is the perfect companion for a student.

Read full review

*We have converted the price to GBP for your convenience. Prices on the retailer website are in U.S. Dollars but rest assured, we only recommend scooters that can be shipped to the UK.

Get £35 Off. Use Code:
TURBOANT
£434.00 £495.00*

Unagi Model One E500

Best Under £900

This is one for the more style-conscious students out there. Its beautiful, easy design sets the E500 apart from other scooters on the market, whilst its lightweight portability and low-maintenance profile will appeal to students looking for a stylish travel option to get them to and from school/university. It is on the pricier end, especially considering it isn’t the speediest of scooters, but its high-quality and durable build means it’ll be a worthy long-term investment

Read full review

£899.00

Apollo City

Best Under £1,200

One of the most popular and well-rounded scooters, the Apollo City is ideal for students who want to make a more long-term investment. It has an increased speed of 25 mph and a generous range of 28 miles for those with more ground to cover. It comes with many features seen on more premium scooters, making it excellent value for money without compromising on quality.

Read full review

£849.00

Take a closer look at the best scooters by price:

How We Conduct & Support Our Electric Scooter Research:

To support our rigorous scooter review and editorial process, we rely on affiliate commissions. These are at no cost to you.

If you read our guides and reviews, find a scooter that you like, and click through to the retailer then we may earn a commission. We only earn a commission if you purchase a scooter and are happy with it. If you decide that you don’t like it and return it, we don’t earn a commission.

Our work is independent and impartial. Retailers and manufacturers do not influence our reviews. This is extremely important to us as our mission is to help you find your perfect scooter.

Read more about our four core values, the scooter review process, editorial policy, and how Electric Scooter Insider is supported.

We are now on Instagram! You'll find...
If you've found value from our reviews and guides we'd really appreciate it if you could follow us – @electricscooterinsider.

Under £300

1. GoTrax GXL V2

GoTrax GXL V2
Best Under £300

The GXL V2 is an ideal scooter for students thanks to its lightweight portability and a campus-ready top speed of 15.5 mph. With a range of 12 miles, this scooter can handle daily riding between classes whilst still being small and compact enough to store under your desk when you reach your destination. Considering all it has to offer, this affordable scooter is extremely good value for money.

£299.00

Light, affordable, and perfect for short to medium commutes? The GoTrax GXL V2 fits the bill perfectly, allowing students to get to class with minimal effort. Even better, it features a long list of desirable features that are remarkable to see on a scooter that only costs £299.

GoTrax GXL V2 Frame

Before we get into the nitty-gritty of the GXL V2, let’s talk about something that comes at a premium for most students: space. Whether you’re still living at home or have moved into a university dorm, you probably don’t have much storage space so picking a light and compact scooter is a top priority. Weighing just 12 kg, the GXL V2 doesn’t disappoint. It features a simple folding system and although it doesn’t have folding handlebars, its folded dimension of 43.3 x 17.1 x14.6 inches still means it’s small and light enough to stash out of sight or hide under a classroom desk.

GoTrax GXL V2 Folded Frame

This isn’t the only advantage. If you’re like me, you’ve probably found yourself rushing to make that 9 am bell at one time or another, but this will be a thing of the past with the GXL V2 in your back pocket. With a top speed of 15.5 mph, you’ll be able to get to your lectures with plenty of time to spare.

This kind of speed is perfect for inner-city riding and is well-served to navigate congested paths and bike lanes. The V2’s rate of acceleration is fairly moderate and the power of its compact 250W motor allows you to traverse hills of around 14% (8-degrees). This might not seem like much, and there are scooters out there that can manage far more challenging inclines, but for the majority of cityscapes and university campuses, this should be more than you need.

The GXL V2 isn’t known for its breakneck speed, but a good set of brakes are still a must, especially if you’re going to be riding around a busy campus where you might need to stop abruptly for other scooterists, cyclists, or pedestrians. The V2’s rear disc brake and the front regenerative brake will do the job. Together, they produce some strong braking power that you can rely on.

GoTrax GXL V2 Disc Brake

This is a great scooter for students who don’t have far to go. Its maximum range of 12 miles means that destinations in the local area will become no more than a stone’s throw away — perfect when you’re in a rush. It’s also ideal for when you need to get to the opposite side of campus between classes. Plus, with a relatively short recharge time of 4 hours, you’ll be able to make sure you’re never caught out with no power.

If 12 miles doesn’t seem like enough to you, I’d recommend checking out the GoTrax Apex. This scooter boasts similar stats to the GXL V2, however, it’s a bit pricier because it has a slight range upgrade and can travel up to 15 miles on a single charge. Although, the larger battery does mean it’s slightly heavier, weighing 14.5 kg. It also features a taillight which, sadly, the GXL V2 doesn't.

Although the GXL V2 isn’t meant to be ridden over long distances, it still has everything you need for a smooth and comfortable ride. It might not have any suspension, but it does feature 8.5-inch pneumatic tyres which provide a decent amount of shock absorption on smooth city paths. It’s pretty rare to see a scooter at this price with air-filled tyres  and demonstrates the care and attention that’s gone into the design of it — a sure sign of a top-quality scooter.

GoTrax GXL V2 Front Air-Filled Tire

This is reinforced by the solid construction. Don’t let the budget price tag fool you — there’s nothing lacklustre about this scooter’s durability. It’s sturdy and reliable, so delivers a balanced ride for users up to 100 kg. It even comes with a water resistance rating of IP54, so you can ride it in light rain without having to worry about damaging it.

GoTrax GXL V2 Kickstand

Nighttime riding won’t be a problem either. The V2 features a fairly bright LED headlight that’s perfect for lighting up the darkness when you’re on the way home after an evening class. Unfortunately, it doesn’t have a rear light, however, this can be fixed with the purchase of additional lighting to boost your visibility.

The GXL V2 also gives you full control over your riding stats thanks to the digital display which is seamlessly integrated into the handlebars. From here, you can keep an eye on your speed and battery life, as well as changing gear when you need to. It even has a cruise control function. You might not find yourself using this too much when you’re on campus, but it’ll come in handy if you decide to take your V2 out for a spin on the weekends.

GoTrax GXL V2 Throttle and Cruise Control Function

This is one of the best-selling scooters and for good reason. It comes with several high-quality features such as pneumatic tyres and dual brakes, whilst still maintaining an affordable price tag. It’s an excellent alternative if you’re looking to avoid public transport and its speed and lightweight portability make it an ideal choice for campus riding.

Further Information:
GoTrax GXL V2 Review

Under £600

1. Turboant X7 Pro

Turboant X7 Pro
Best Under £600

This is the best value for money electric scooter. If you like the sound of a long-range (30 miles) and a top speed of 20 mph, then look no further. The Turboant X7 Pro ticks the portability box (although it is a little heavier than the GoTrax GXL V2), and can easily be folded and stored out of sight. At £434, it is the perfect companion for a student.

*We have converted the price to GBP for your convenience. Prices on the retailer website are in U.S. Dollars but rest assured, we only recommend scooters that can be shipped to the UK.

Get £35 Off. Use Code:
TURBOANT
£434.00 £495.00*

If your university is spread out, or your dorm is located right on the outskirts, you’re going to need a scooter with a little bit more to give than the GoTrax GXL V2. If this sounds like you, the Turboant X7 Pro could be exactly what you’re looking for.

Turboant X7 Pro Unboxing & Review

A complete unboxing and review of the Turboant X7 Pro. See what the best electric scooter under £500 has to offer. From close-ups of the frame to talking through the impressive stats, this video will show you exactly what you can expect from the Turboant X7 Pro.

The standout feature of this scooter is that it can keep going for up to 30 miles on a single charge. This is over double what the GXL V2 offers and is perfect if you’re a busy student who needs to make up a fair distance when travelling between your classes. Even better, this scooter’s battery is located on the stem, rather than in the deck, and is removable. This will come in handy if your dorm is on the top floor and you don’t want to lug your scooter up all those stairs. Simply remove the battery and take it with you, leaving the frame of your X7 Pro locked up somewhere secure.

Turboant X7 Pro Detachable Battery Pack

Of course, there are a fair few advantages to this in addition to the flexibility it offers, but the biggest one is that a removable battery extends your range infinitely. By purchasing a second battery, you’ll always have a spare to switch in when your first one runs dry, doubling your mileage and reducing the chances of finding yourself without power on that one morning you’re running late. The added range also means the X7 Pro is a great option for the weekends too, getting you around the city without the use of public transport, which you’re probably eager to avoid in the current climate.

The Turboant’s stronger battery helps to power its 350W motor which allows you to reach a top speed of 20 mph. This is a bit faster than the GXL V2, however, it’s not too fast that you won’t be able to ride it safely across campus. This extra speed boost is particularly handy if your university has buildings located across the city. You’ll be able to comfortably venture outside of those leafy university pathways and take on the more hectic arteries of the city whilst monitoring your riding stats on the LED handlebar display.

Turboant X7 Pro LED Display and Throttle

A faster top speed results in a need for a strong set of brakes, which is why the X7 Pro is equipped with a triple braking system. It comes with a disc brake, electronic regen brake, and a foot brake which, when used together, deliver a stopping distance as short as 5 meters. This is very responsive and gives you control at all times thanks to the Pro’s ability to come smoothly to a halt.

Turboant X7 Pro Rear Wheel Fender and Disc Brake

Given that this scooter has a bigger motor and battery, it won’t come as a surprise that it’s a bit heavier than the GXL V2, weighing 15 kg. However, in the world of scooters, this is still considered to be pretty light. Most riders will be able to carry it easily, although those with smaller hands might find gripping it a bit tricky due to the battery placement on the stem which makes it significantly thicker.

Despite this, it’s easy to store once you do reach your destination. Although it doesn’t feature folding handlebars, the 3-step folding mechanism reduces its dimensions down to 42.6 x 16.5 x 18.1 inches. This means that it’s compact enough to tuck away out of sight, either in your classroom or at home.

Turboant X7 Pro Folded

Considering how light and compact it is, the X7 Pro is still has a solid construction. The thick, sturdy stem reduces any chances of wobbling when riding at top speeds and the overall frame is robust enough to support riders up to 125 kg. It also features a waterproof rating of IPX4, which means it can be ridden in light rain without suffering any damage.

It features extra-large 10-inch pneumatic tyres which make up for the lack of suspension and deliver good shock absorption on city roads. Their bigger size means that you’ll be able to roll over the majority of obstacles without much problem. They also give the scooter good clearance, elevating the deck off the ground and allowing you to perform bunny hops or curb jumps if you’re that way inclined. However, keep an eye out for anything sharp — flats are a risk with air-filled tyres but they can be avoided for the most part.

Turboant X7 Pro 10-inch Tire

Given that this scooter comes with an impressive range, nippy top speed, huge pneumatic tyres, and triple brakes, you’d be forgiven for thinking that it would set you back a fair penny. However, at £434 this is the best value scooter and sits well within a student budget. It’s ideal if you’re looking for a model that is light and portable but has the capabilities to keep going if you have a longer than average commute to university.

Further Information:
Turboant X7 Pro Review

Under £900

1. Unagi Model One E500

Unagi Model One E500
Best Under £900
This is one for the more style-conscious students out there. Its beautiful, easy design sets the E500 apart from other scooters on the market, whilst its lightweight portability and low-maintenance profile will appeal to students looking for a stylish travel option to get them to and from school/university. It is on the pricier end, especially considering it isn’t the speediest of scooters, but its high-quality and durable build means it’ll be a worthy long-term investment.
£899.00

Investing in an electric scooter for school/university might be a practical decision, but that doesn’t mean you have to settle for a run-of-the-mill design. The Unagi Model One certainly ticks the design box. Fondly nicknamed the iPhone of the scooter world, the E500 is all about getting you where you need to go in style.

Unagi Model One Scooter Unboxing

A complete unboxing and look at the Unagi Model One scooter. From close-ups of the frame to talking through the exotic materials used to mill such a gorgeous scooter, this video will show you exactly what you can expect from the Unagi.

This scooter boasts a beautiful design that is the product of many years of testing and countless prototypes. As a result, it’s not only extremely durable but super lightweight, weighing just 12 kg. This is because all the materials included in its construction have been chosen deliberately so as not to add any extra bulk. This makes lifting and carrying the E500 easy, whilst the effortless one-step folding mechanism collapses it down into a very compact package measuring 32.8 x 16.5 x 149 inches, easily stored under a desk or in a locker.

Unagi E500 Folded

Here's a closer look at the one-click folding mechanism:

Unagi E500 Folding Mechanism

As I’ve mentioned, the E500’s portability doesn’t harm its overall build quality. This is one of the toughest scooters. This is thanks to the exotic mix of materials used to construct it, including TORAY carbon fibre. If you’ve never heard of this stuff before, it’s the same material that Elon Musk uses to build his Space-X rockets. It can resist high-pressure environments with ease. You might not need this level of durability when cruising across campus, but it’s reassuring to know that the E500 can take a hit. Plus, it makes for a fascinating conversation starter.

Unagi E500 Carbon Fiber Frame

Like the Turboant X7 Pro, the E500 has a maximum speed of 20 mph and is powered by dual 250W motors. It’s best suited to riding on flat urban terrain, as it has a reduced hill-climbing capacity, meaning that anything steeper than 15-degrees will prove too challenging.

Although the acceleration on the E500 is much faster than Turboant X7 Pro,  it still comes with three different gears — eco, standard, and pro — giving riders a choice between taking it slow or upping the ante. This is useful when trying to conserve battery, but will also come in handy when you’re trying to weave your way along student-filled campus paths between classes.

Unagi E500 Grippy Silicone Deck

If you find yourself needing to stop suddenly, the E500 can handle it. It comes equipped with dual electronic anti-lock brakes that deliver smooth and reliable braking power whenever you need it. It also features a rear redundancy foot brake. This is because electronic brakes are tied to the scooter’s battery, so won’t work if you find yourself out of power and needing to ride the E500 as a manual scooter. My only issue with the braking system is that you have to use a thumb paddle to engage the brakes. I’ve put the Unagi through its paces, and the braking system is efficient, but it does take some getting used to. Comparing the thumb paddle to a traditional hand-operated brake that you pull (like on the Turboant X7 Pro), I prefer the latter – there’s something about being able to pull on the brake that gives a greater sense of control.

When it comes to range, the Model One hits that sweet spot that’s perfect for all medium commutes, delivering a maximum of 15.5 miles of battery life on a single charge. Like the rest of its construction, Unagi has chosen a battery with a proven pedigree from Sony, one of the most well-respected tech companies. As a result, it also comes with an intelligent battery management system to keep your battery healthy and will only take between 4 and 5 hours to recharge.

Unlike the Turboant X7 Pro and the GXL V2, the E500 doesn’t come with air-filled tyres, instead featuring 7.5-inch rubber tyres. Rubber tyres have a reputation for being uncomfortable because they lack adequate shock absorption. However, Unagi has taken an innovative approach to this problem. Their tyres aren’t solid rubber all the way through but instead feature air pockets throughout the circumference which gives them a softer edge. They’re still not as versatile as pneumatic tyres, but they’ll provide a smooth and comfortable ride providing the campus paths are well maintained.

Unagi E500 Innovative Tire Design

The E500 comes with a bunch of clever design features, but it’s also a very nice scooter to look at. It’s available in four different colours, but if you’re willing to pay a bit extra, you can choose between a variety of different skins that sport designs including flowers, skulls, spots, and tartan. If these don’t appeal to you, you can even go into the custom editor and design your look from scratch. Even better, the exterior has a much more functional purpose because the paint acts as an anti-abrasive and rust-proof protective layer with a waterproof rating of IP54. Impressive, right?

The handlebar display fits seamlessly into the overall aesthetic of the scooter and is similar to something you’d find on the Millenium Falcon. It allows you to monitor your speed and battery life, as well as giving you the option to change your gear mid-ride. Alongside this, you’ll also find a bell and the front-facing headlight for nighttime riding. The E500 has a rear red taillight too and this combined with the headlight increases your visibility when riding in the dark, although I’d still suggest purchasing additional lighting to be on the safe side.

Unagi E500 LED Display

There’s no doubt that this scooter is one of the more beautiful options on the market, and its many careful design features make it a covetable gadget for many style-savvy tech gurus making their way to school/university. It’s also very low maintenance which is ideal for busy students without much time to dedicate to scooter upkeep. At £899, it’s on the pricier end of the spectrum, however, its overall ease of use, luxurious finish, and sleek exterior make up for the higher price point.

Further Information:
Unagi Model One Review

Under £1,200

1. Apollo City

Apollo City
Best Under £1,200
One of the most popular and well-rounded scooters, the Apollo City is ideal for students who want to make a more long-term investment. It has an increased speed of 25 mph and a generous range of 28 miles for those with more ground to cover. It comes with many features seen on more premium scooters, making it excellent value for money without compromising on quality.
£849.00

If your budget can stretch, I’d recommend taking a look at the Apollo City. This scooter is one of the most well-rounded and full-featured scooters and carries the solid reputation of the Apollo brand behind it. Plus, it comes with excellent post-purchase support and a generous warranty.

This is one of the most popular scooters thanks to its ability to master the majority of urban terrain. It’s the only model on this list that features a suspension system, boasting dual spring shocks in the back to help absorb vibrations from the road. To help deliver a smooth ride, it features plush 8.5-inch pneumatic tyres that’ll keep you balanced on roads, pavements, and grassy parks, meaning it’s thoroughly versatile.

Apollo City Frame

It’s also the fastest scooter of the four, claiming a top speed of 25 mph as a result of its deceptively powerful 600W single motor. How powerful is that in real terms, you might ask? Well, it can easily scale hills with a 15% incline and reach 15 mph in 4.1 seconds, which is pretty darn quick for a scooter that costs less than £1,000. In many cases, you’ll find this scooter is faster and more powerful than you might need, but it has great scope to grow with you.

To counterbalance its increased speed, the City boasts an impressive triple braking system. This includes a rear drum brake, a front disc brake, and a regenerative electric brake. This means that when you need to slow down, the dual brakes will apply pressure to both wheels whilst the regen brake targets the motor, bringing you to a stop in just over 3 meters. It’s unusual to see a scooter at this price with dual-wheel brakes, but even rarer that they work so effectively together.

Like the Turboant X7 Pro, the Apollo City is ideal if you need to travel quite a distance from your dorm and, like many of us right now, you don’t want to risk public transport. It promises a maximum range of 28 miles, which will be more than enough for most commuting students. It is important to note that the maximum range is only achievable under best-case riding conditions. Realistically, if you ride aggressively, you’ll see around 18-20 miles. Its battery is powered by Dynavolt cells, which are pretty rare in the scooter world because they’re mostly known for powering motorcycles. However, they deliver the same quality and longevity as some of the best batteries on the market. The City comes with two recharging options — a fast and a standard charger. The latter will recharge your scooter in around 4 to 5 hours, but the former reduces that to a mere 2 to 3 hours.

Apollo City LED Lights

Given the longer range, there’s a chance you might occasionally find yourself riding in the dark, especially in the winter after those late afternoon classes. Luckily, the City is prepared for this, featuring one of the best lighting setups I’ve ever seen on a scooter under £1,000. It’s equipped with a very bright front headlight, as well as a rear light too. The deck is fitted with ambient blue lighting that matches the Apollo branding and also increases your visibility. This is ideal for urban environments, although I would still recommend purchasing additional lights if you’re going to be riding in areas with poor lighting.

Apollo City Foot Deck

Here's a closer look at the under deck lights:

Apollo City Stand and Under Deck LED Lights

Despite its faster top speed and bigger battery, the City is still able to tick that all-important portability box. It weighs 17.7 kg which is heavier than the other scooters on this list, but it’s still light enough that lifting and carrying it is easy. Best of all, it has foldable handlebars, so not only can you collapse it quickly, but the finished result is exceptionally compact, measuring just 41.3 x 7.7 x 13.9 inches.

Apollo City Folded

The City comes with a built-in handlebar display that allows you to monitor your riding stats such as speed and battery as well as operating the ever-useful cruise control. However, unlike other scooters, it also allows a degree of configuration such as whether it functions as a kick-and-go scooter or has a zero start, with the option to also choose between imperial and metric measurement systems. This lets you make the Apollo City your own, tailoring it to your unique rider preferences.

Apollo City Command Center

At £849, it is the most expensive scooter out of the four, however, you get a lot for your money. Power and speed are complemented by a generous range, triple brakes, and added suspension, guaranteeing a comfortable and convenient ride. If you’re looking for an all-rounder with the potential to follow you after graduation, the Apollo City is a great choice.

Best by Type (Fastest, Longest Range, Lightest etc)

Cheapest

GoTrax GXL V2 – £299

Further Information:
Most Affordable Electric Scooters

Longest Range

Turboant X7 Pro – 30 miles

Further Information:
Long-Range Electric Scooters

Lightest & Most Portable

Unagi Model One – Weighs 12 kg and has folded dimensions of 32.8 inches x 16.5 inches x 14.9 inches.

Commuting

Turboant X7 Pro – The most versatile scooter, it’s well-suited to longer commutes and its top speed of 20 mph gets you where you need to go quickly. Weighing just 15 kg, it’s also portable enough that you can fold it and lift it when you need to.

Further Information:
Electric Scooters For Commuting

Big Wheels

Turboant X7 Pro – 10-inch pneumatic tyres

Heavy Adults

  1. Turboant X7 Pro – Supports up to 125 kg
  2. Unagi Model One – Supports up to 125 kg

Optional Seat Attachment

Apollo City – Available for £95.99

Further Information:
Seated Electric Scooters

The post Electric Scooters for Students appeared first on Electric Scooter Insider.

]]>
Best Dual Motor Electric Scooters https://www.electricscooterinsider.com/en-gb/dual-motor-electric-scooters/ Mon, 18 Jan 2021 22:49:30 +0000 http://www.electricscooterinsider.com/dual-motor-electric-scooters/ What’s better than one motor? Two of course. Once you’ve been riding an electric scooter for a while, it’s hard not to become addicted to how much fun they can be. Pretty soon, you’ll probably find yourself outgrowing your single-motor scooter that opened the gates to the scooting world and looking for something with more […]

The post Best Dual Motor Electric Scooters appeared first on Electric Scooter Insider.

]]>

What’s better than one motor? Two of course.

Once you’ve been riding an electric scooter for a while, it’s hard not to become addicted to how much fun they can be. Pretty soon, you’ll probably find yourself outgrowing your single-motor scooter that opened the gates to the scooting world and looking for something with more power.

Welcome to the world of dual motors, my friend.

High speeds, rapid acceleration, ferocious torque — choosing a scooter with a second motor adds a healthy injection of adrenaline and thrill to any ride. These beauties are perfect if you’re ready to take the next step and level up your scooter game.

Below, I’ve reviewed the best dual-motor scooters. For ease of use, I've split them by price so you can find an option suitable for your budget and experience level.

Unagi Model One (Dual Motor)

Best Dual Motor Scooter Under £1,000

Think couture, but in scooter-form. The Unagi Model One is all about fine design and clean lines, channelling a futuristic aesthetic that will appeal to modern city dwellers. Sporting dual motors with a peak output of 1000W, this scooter is more than just a pretty face and will see you quickly reaching speeds of up to 20 mph thanks to its punchy torque and zippy acceleration.

Read full review

£899.00

Widewheel Pro

Best Dual Motor Scooter Under £1,500

Fun, thrilling, and comfortable – the Widewheel Pro does it all. This scooter comes with dual 500W motors that allow you to reach a top speed of 26 mph and, as the name suggests, ultra-wide tyres that deliver a comfortable ride across city terrain. It’s the perfect urban companion and is guaranteed to be a head-turner, even if it is on the slightly heavier side.

Read full review

*We have converted the price to GBP for your convenience. Prices on the retailer website are in Euros but rest assured, we only recommend scooters that can be shipped to the UK.

Get £86 Off. Use Code:
ELECTRICSCOOTERINSIDER100
£1,035.00 £1,180.00*

Speedway 5

Best Dual Motor Scooter Under £2,000

Boasting the same Mini Motors pedigree but at a fraction of the price, the Speedway 5 is ideal for city dwellers looking for a fast-paced, urban thrill ride. Its 3600W dual-motor drivetrain means that it delivers impressive power, speed, and range, whilst still keeping the weight down compared to similar models.

Read full review

£1,600.00 £1,750.00

Apollo Pro 52V

Best Dual Motor Scooter Under £2,500

A perfect introduction to the world of performance scooters, the Apollo Pro 52V comes with two ferocious 1000W motors that have a combined peak output of 2400W and a top speed of 38 mph. This scooter is just at home on forest trails and mountain paths as it is on smooth city pavements, making it ideal for riders who want the best of both worlds.

Read full review

£1,699.00

Wolf Warrior

Best Dual Motor Scooter Under £3,000

The best off-road performance scooter, the Wolf Warrior has power by the bucketloads, boasting dual motors with a peak output of 5400W and a top speed of 50 mph. This bad boy chews up hills, trails, and mountain paths without breaking a sweat. A true powerhouse of a scooter, the Wolf Warrior is everything adrenaline junkies could want in one muscular, motorcycle-like package.

Read full review

£2,599.00

Dualtron Ultra 2

Best Dual Motor Scooter Under £3,500

Dualtron’s answer to the Wolf Warrior, the Ultra is a true off-road beast. Featuring a maximum output of 6640W, there’s not much that will slow this scooter down, hills, and off-road trails included. It features staggering torque and acceleration and its reinforced frame has been designed to withstand everything off-road riding has to throw at it.

Read full review

£3,350.00

Dualtron X 2

Best Dual Motor Scooter Over £3,500

The Dualtron X 2 is the most extreme scooter I’ve ever reviewed, pushing boundaries in all the right ways. Its dual motors can put out a staggering 8300W, propelling you up to 68 mph. This is an experienced rider’s dream and when you feel its torque and acceleration for yourself, even the steep price and back-breaking weight will feel like insignificant details compared to the might of the X.

Read full review

£5,599.00

Take a closer look at the best scooters by price:

How We Conduct & Support Our Electric Scooter Research:

To support our rigorous scooter review and editorial process, we rely on affiliate commissions. These are at no cost to you.

If you read our guides and reviews, find a scooter that you like, and click through to the retailer then we may earn a commission. We only earn a commission if you purchase a scooter and are happy with it. If you decide that you don’t like it and return it, we don’t earn a commission.

Our work is independent and impartial. Retailers and manufacturers do not influence our reviews. This is extremely important to us as our mission is to help you find your perfect scooter.

Read more about our four core values, the scooter review process, editorial policy, and how Electric Scooter Insider is supported.

We are now on Instagram! You'll find...
If you've found value from our reviews and guides we'd really appreciate it if you could follow us – @electricscooterinsider.

Under £1,000

1. Unagi Model One (Dual Motor)

Unagi Model One (Dual Motor)
Best Dual Motor Scooter Under £1,000
Think couture, but in scooter-form. The Unagi Model One is all about fine design and clean lines, channeling a futuristic aesthetic that will appeal to modern city dwellers. Sporting dual motors with a peak output of 1000W, this scooter is more than just a pretty face and will see you quickly reaching speeds of up to 20 mph thanks to its punchy torque and zippy acceleration.
£899.00

What better place to start than with the machine that is regularly referred to as the iPhone or Tesla of the scooter world? A masterclass in sleek design and understated cool, the Unagi Model One delivers dual-motor power for those who have a penchant for luxury but still need to keep their costs below £1,000.

Unagi Model One Scooter Unboxing – Is It Weird I Find It Sexy?

A complete unboxing and look at the Unagi Model One scooter. From close-ups of the frame to talking through the exotic materials used to mill such a gorgeous scooter, this video will show you exactly what you can expect from the Unagi.

When selecting your Unagi, the E500 is the way to go if you’re after increased power and zippy acceleration. Each of the Model One’s 7.5-inch wheels sports a 250W motor capable of putting out a peak wattage of 1000W, helping you reach a top speed of 20 mph. This kind of pace is ideal if you’re looking for an urban warrior capable of weaving in and out of city streets.

Unagi E500 Carbon Fiber Frame

The added power from the second motor also means that getting ahead of other road users is simple. Single-motor scooters can sometimes feel sluggish when taking off, but this isn’t something you’ll need to worry about with the E500. Even a slight squeeze of the throttle will have you leaping forward. Not only that but the 32-newton meters of torque it offers will allow you to tackle hills with inclines of up to 15 degrees thanks to its increased traction. To put this into perspective, Filbert Street, the steepest street in San Francisco, has a maximum gradient of 17.5 degrees.

Unagi E500 LED Display

With the Model One, coming to a stop is just as easy as taking off. It features dual electronic anti-lock brakes and a rear foot brake — handy if you ever find yourself short on battery and have to ride the E500 as a manual scooter. Combined, this setup will slow you down completely in around 4 to 5 meters. I prefer to see a double braking system like this on a dual-motor scooter because it balances out the extra power and guarantees a controlled and responsive braking action.

Unagi E500 Rear Taillight

But the Model One isn’t just about horsepower. Designed with infinite care and attention to detail, its focus is on delivering a comfortable and convenient experience for its riders. It’s one of the most portable scooters, weighing just 11.8 kg and folding down to a very compact size with the click of a single button. Even better, it manages to achieve this whilst still being extremely hard wearing and durable.

Unagi E500 Folded

Here's a closer look at the one click folding mechanism:

Unagi E500 Folding Mechanism

This is because it’s made from TORAY carbon fibre. If you’ve never heard of it, it’s the same stuff as Elon Musk uses to build his Space-X rockets. If you ever dreamed of travelling to outer space, this is probably the closest you’re going to get.

The Model One’s quality also extends to its battery. Made by well-respected tech behemoth, Sony, you can rest assured that the E500 comes fitted with a unit that will last for many years to come. Unagi states that under best-case conditions, you can reach a maximum range of 15.5 miles – however, based on my experience, you can expect to see around 10-11 miles which is ideal for most city exploration. When you need to recharge, the E500 will hit full battery in just 4 to 5 hours.

Every element of this scooter combines functionality with aesthetics, even down to the paint, which acts as an anti-abrasive layer. It also prevents rust — that’s if any liquid manages to sneak its way past the IP54 waterproof rating. Unlike other scooters on the market, the superior paintwork comes in 4 vivid colours. Or if you want something more personalized and you’re willing to pay a bit extra for it, you can choose from several patterned skins featuring everything from skulls to flowers. Better yet, you can even design your own, resulting in an electric scooter that is unique to you and your taste.

Unagi E500 Grippy Silicone Deck

Not only does the E500 look like it belongs in an urban environment, but it’s built for city cruising too. Its rubber tyres were designed for optimum comfort on flat metropolitan terrain but, despite being equipped with air pockets throughout their circumference, they lack buttery-smooth shock absorption when compared to air-filled tyres. Sure, the solid tyres diffuse some vibrations but the lack of suspension lets the Unagi down. It particularly struggles on rough roads.

Unagi E500 Innovative Tire Design

It’s clear that this scooter is the product of thorough testing and careful consideration. All of its components work together to deliver a ride that is enjoyable for the user, whilst the dual motors give it the added oomph more experienced riders are looking for. At £899, the Model One allows you to keep your budget under £1,000. Whilst it dishes up some seriously high-quality features that are responsible for its luxurious reputation, it falls short in rider comfort. If you’re willing to drop one motor but pick up a scooter that has 5 more mph, 12.5 more miles, and an excellent combination of dual spring suspension in rear and front, then you should definitely consider the Apollo City (£849).

Under £1,500

1. Widewheel Pro

Widewheel Pro
Best Dual Motor Scooter Under £1,500

Fun, thrilling, and comfortable – the Widewheel Pro does it all. This scooter comes with dual 500W motors that allow you to reach a top speed of 26 mph and, as the name suggests, ultra-wide tyres that deliver a comfortable ride across city terrain. It’s the perfect urban companion and is guaranteed to be a head-turner, even if it is on the slightly heavier side.

*We have converted the price to GBP for your convenience. Prices on the retailer website are in Euros but rest assured, we only recommend scooters that can be shipped to the UK.

Get £86 Off. Use Code:
ELECTRICSCOOTERINSIDER100
£1,035.00 £1,180.00*

Did you know that dual-motors and beefy tyres go together like fine wine and aged cheese? It’s true — not only do big wheels look awesome but they come with a ton of advantages that make them a key feature to look out for. One of the best examples of this in action is the Mercane Widewheel Pro. These guys are so on board with the big tyre vibe, they even named their scooter after it.

WideWheel Pro high-grade Aluminum Finish

Equipped with dual 500W motors, the Widewheel Pro means business. These bad boys put out a generous helping of torque which makes cruising up 30% inclines a breeze. They’ll allow you to reach a top speed of 26 mph so you can trade the bike lane for faster roads. Even better, the added power means that this scooter has some fairly rapid acceleration on offer. You won’t ever have to worry about pulling away quickly because this scooter has the means to get you ahead of the crowd without breaking a sweat.

So, what does this have to do with the wheels? Well, quite a lot. The WideWheel Pro comes with tyres that are 8 inches high, which is pretty standard for the majority of electric scooters. However, not many models feature wheels that are almost 4 inches wide. The only other scooter that can get close to this is the fearsome (and very expensive) Dualtron Compact.

widewheel ultra-wide tires

Bigger wheels have a larger contact patch, so they provide increased traction and a more balanced ride which is especially important when choosing a dual-motor scooter that can bring some power to the party. It also means this scooter has a particularly unique ride quality: you’ll feel like you’re floating over the city pavements rather than riding. This is pretty fun but it does take some time to adjust. As a result, I’d advise familiarising yourself with the way this scooter handles before ramping up the power and hitting that throttle for maximum speed output.

Widewheel Pro Handlebars

The tyres on the Widewheel Pro also work hard to keep you comfortable during your rides. Unlike standard solid tyres, they’re filled with polyurethane foam that makes them softer and more malleable whilst still maintaining their flat-resistant design. They don’t provide as much shock absorption as pneumatics, but this doesn’t matter too much because they’re supported by front and rear spring suspension. This combination will keep you nice and comfortable on the majority of urban terrain, protecting your joints even when riding in the fastest setting.

Each wheel also comes equipped with a disc brake, meaning that pressure is applied to both tyres when you need to bring yourself to a stop. This results in reduced braking distances so you can rest assured that you’ll be able to come to a halt when you need to, even if you’re riding in the fastest gear. The width of the tyres also helps here — the added traction plays a part in helping you slow down, counteracting the added power from the second motor.

WideWheel Pro Disc Brake

Like the wheels, the rest of the Widewheel Pro has been designed to handle the rigours of dual-motor riding. As a result, it has a sturdy stem and a reinforced frame for extra durability. However, this does mean it’s on the heavier side, weighing in at 24.5 kg. This might cause some problems if you want to use your scooter for commuting or need to take it on public transport. On the bright side, though, it comes with folding handlebars which make it very compact when collapsed. You’ll be able to easily store it out of sight when you reach your destination.

WideWheel Pro Folded

The Widewheel Pro has a maximum range of 30 miles which is ideal for leisure riders or those with a medium-length commute. However, you’re only going to get 30 miles from this beast if don’t put the pedal to the metal. Realistically, if you rip the motor and enjoy riding fast, you can expect between 20 and 22 miles.

It has a comparatively long recharge time of 8 hours, but this shouldn’t be too problematic if you plan to charge it overnight. You can keep an eye on your battery from the smart display on the handlebars, which also shows your current speed.

The display also allows you to flick between the different gears with the push of a button. The Widewheel Pro has two different settings: eco and power mode. The former will allow you to conserve battery and extend your range whilst the latter unlocks maximum torque and speed for an extra thrilling ride. You can also initiate cruise control when you want to relax and enjoy the ride. Alongside this, you’ll also find controls for the bright front and rear lights, both of which are up to the task of illuminating even the darkest of nights.

WideWheel Pro Headlight

Here's the rear taillight:

Widewheel Pro Rear Taillight

The Widewheel Pro boasts a unique design and it looks good doing it. You might buy a scooter to get you from A to B, but the Pro will make you want to stay out on the road, exploring your city streets for hours at a time. Simply put, it’s a fun scooter that’s capable of delivering a thrilling ride thanks to the dual motors and sturdy build quality. It’ll cost you £1,035, but if you want big tyres and a powerful ride, it’s excellent value for money, especially considering the only other scooter on this list that can rival the Pro’s wheel width is almost £6,000.

Under £2,000

1. Speedway 5

Speedway 5
Best Dual Motor Scooter Under £2,500
Boasting the same Mini Motors pedigree but at a fraction of the price, the Speedway 5 is ideal for city dwellers looking for a fast-paced, urban thrill-ride. Its 3600W dual-motor drivetrain means that it delivers impressive power, speed, and range, whilst still keeping the weight down compared to similar models.
£1,600.00 £1,750.00

When it comes to the world of high-performance scooters, there’s one brand that reigns supreme: Mini Motors USA. Creators of the much-coveted Dualtron series, Mini Motors is also responsible for bringing you the Speedway line. These scooters have all the power of a Dualtron machine but with added practicality and a much smaller price tag. The Speedway 5 is the range’s crowning glory and the only model to feature dual-motors.

There’s a lot to love about this scooter, but nothing more so than the combined 3600W power output that comes from the dual-motor drivetrain. This allows riders to reach a maximum speed of 40 mph which will see you easily keeping pace with inner-city traffic. The torque generated from this added boost of power is also responsible for making it a reliable hill-climber, fully able to maintain speed whilst riding up inclines with a 37% slope.

Speedway 5 Frame

Like the majority of scooters that take their drivetrain from Mini Motors, the Speedway 5 delivers some whiplash-quick acceleration. Not only does this make for a heart-pumping thrill ride, but it’s also practically useful when you need to get ahead of the traffic or just want to feel the exhilarating power.

Speedway 5 Rear View

To balance out the extra power on offer and keep you safe, Mini Motors has equipped the Speedway 5 with dual disc brakes as well as a regenerative electric brake. This combination means you’ll have complete control over the scooter, even when speeding along at 40 mph. Reliable, consistent, and smooth, you’ll be able to come to a stop within seconds.

In terms of power, the Speedway 5 beats the Apollo Pro 52V, however, it’s limited in terms of where you should ride it. Whereas the 52V is a versatile machine that can handle both on and off-road environments, it’s clear that the Speedway 5 has been made for an urban setting. It features 10-inch tubeless tyres that provide excellent shock absorption, but feature a slicker tread pattern. This means they won’t be able to grip as well on loose surfaces such as sand or mud. Instead, they enable you to max out the throttle and ride fast over smooth roads typically found within the city boundaries.

Speedway 5 Ten Inch Tubeless Tires

Having said that, the Speedway 5 is more than capable of taking on rough urban terrain. This is thanks to its front and rear hydraulic suspension which is some of the best on the market. Alongside the large wheels, this allows you to roll over obstacles with ease, absorbing any harsh impacts and protecting your knees and wrists from uncomfortable bumps. As a result, you can expect a smooth and soft ride, allowing you to focus on maintaining your top speed.

Featuring an aerodynamic silhouette, the Speedway 5 has been built to maximize speed and withstand the rigours of aggressive daily riding. As a result, it features a reinforced frame and a roomy deck for maximum durability and comfort. Although it can’t take as large a load as the Apollo Pro, it’s capable of supporting up to 120 kg, making it a good choice for heavier riders.

Because of this and the added bulk from the motors and battery, the Speedway 5 weighs 31.7 kg, which means it certainly doesn’t qualify as an easily portable scooter. However, it’s much lighter than the likes of the Dualtron X, whilst still delivering the pedigree associated with Mini Motors scooters. It also collapses easily and compactly thanks to its foldable handlebars — although lifting it might require some effort, storing it out of sight will be a breeze.

Speedway 5 Eco & Dual Motor Settings

Hopefully, because of the massive range this scooter offers, you won’t be required to carry it around very often. Featuring a high-performance 1385Wh Li-ion battery pack, the Speedway 5 can reach a maximum mileage of 75 miles (although you’re likely to see less than this if you’re a particularly aggressive rider). With this range, you’ll be able to explore for hours on end, and when it comes to recharging, you’ll only have to wait 4 hours if you purchase the fast charger. If you opt to stick with the slower standard charger, your wait time will increase to 13 hours.

The impressive drive train and expansive range are not the only things the Speedway 5 has inherited from its Dualtron cousins — it also features the same EYE throttle display. This is a convenient hub to store your ride data, allowing you to keep an eye on your speed and battery whilst you’re on the go. The trigger throttle can be a bit uncomfortable on the fingers when you’re riding for a long time, but using the cruise control function will allow you to enjoy your ride without getting cramp.

Speedway 5 Eye LED Control Display

Alongside the display, you’ll also be able to operate and customize your lights. Trust me, if there’s one thing this scooter isn’t lacking, it’s lighting. It features a powerful headlight in addition to side and tail lights. It also comes with turn signals which are pretty rare to see on a scooter but, in my book, are vital for safe riding. As if this weren’t enough, it also features a quirky LED light that projects in the shape of the logo — this doesn’t do much in the way of improving visibility, but the rest of the set up takes care of that whilst this adds a touch of fun most performance scooters are missing.

Speedway 5 Lights Projecting Speedway Logo

If you’re looking for a fast, high-performance scooter, the Speedway 5 is an excellent choice. It delivers a riding experience that is consistent with the Mini Motors USA reputation, but at £1,600, it’s much cheaper than some of the other beast scooters this brand offers. In addition to being kinder on the wallet, it’s also a bit more practical when compared alongside scooters like the Dualtron III or X 2, and is ideally suited to fast-paced commutes or casual city exploration. This is a scooter that deserves its reputation as a reliable but exciting powerhouse.

Under £2,500

1. Apollo Pro 52V

Apollo Pro 52V
Best Dual Motor Scooter Under £2,000

A perfect introduction to the world of performance scooters, the Apollo Pro 52V comes with two ferocious 1000W motors that have a combined peak output of 2400W and a top speed of 38 mph. This scooter is just at home on forest trails and mountain paths as it is on smooth city pavements, making it ideal for riders who want the best of both worlds.

£1,699.00

Looking for a scooter that has the capability and power to venture outside of your urban comfort zone? The Apollo Pro 52V is the ideal machine to bridge the gap between city riding and wilderness adventures. In terms of motor power, this is a serious step-up from the likes of the Widewheel Pro and the Unagi Model One, bringing you further into the realm of top performance scooters.

If you’re after rapid acceleration and muscular torque, the Pro 52V won’t disappoint. This bad boy can reach a top speed of 38 mph and features dual 1000W motors, each with a peak output of 1200W. Overall, that’s 2400W of power, over double that offered by the Widewheel Pro. It’s no wonder this scooter can storm its way up 40% inclines and go from 0-30 mph in just 6.2 seconds.

Apollo Pro Frame

Scooters that can put out this much power need a set of equally beefy brakes to bring you to a stop. The 52V comes equipped with dual hydraulic disc brakes and an electric regenerative brake, all of which do a decent job of slowing you down when you need to come to a halt.

Apollo Pro Disc Brake

With so much power on offer, you might imagine the Pro 52V to be a hulking tank of a scooter, but I think you’ll be pleasantly surprised. This machine is about both beauty and brains, with a sleek and agile aesthetic that practically breathes effortless cool. Its black frame is accented with electric-blue and trimmed with vibrant red detailing, the stem arching over the front wheel in an almost insectoid way — a praying mantis poised to leap forward into action. This scooter is pretty darn nice to look at.

It’ll certainly turn heads when you’re out and about, especially as it has a maximum range of 56 miles, giving you plenty of time to show it off. However, it is worth noting that you’ll only see this kind of mileage when in eco or single-mode. If you’re planning to ride in the dual-motor or turbo settings, this will be significantly less, reducing down to 25 miles for the most aggressive rides. With a regular charger, you’ll be able to recharge the 52V in 10 hours, but if you choose to invest in a fast charger, this shrinks down to a pretty impressive 5 hours.

Apollo Pro LED Lights

Much of the Pro 52V’s appeal lies in the fact that it’s at home on both city streets and off-road trails. This is partly down to its sturdy build and the versatility that comes from having dual motors but is also a result of the scooter’s tyres and suspension. It features 10-inch pneumatic tyres that allow it to roll over obstacles with ease whilst also absorbing the shocks from any sudden sharp bumps. Plus, they’re so tall that they give the foot deck great clearance which is vital if you’re planning on executing any daring jumps.

In addition, the Pro 52V comes with a front spring and rear hydraulic suspension, allowing the scooter to adjust to its environment. This makes it more than capable of dealing with rough terrain whilst keeping you balanced and protecting your joints from any strain.

Apollo Pro Suspension

Because it needs to be sturdy to withstand the knocks of off-road riding, the Pro 52V is a bit of a beast when it comes to weight, coming in at 34.9 kg. This is also due to the larger motors, big battery, and beefy tyres, all of which pile on the kilograms. Besides, the 52V can support riders of up to 150 kg, making it ideal for heavier riders.

Like all good electric scooters, the 52V features a handlebar display so users can monitor their riding stats in real-time as well as controlling their headlights and initiating cruise control. However, there’s more to this display than meets the eye: it also allows you a degree of customization. You can alter several settings, choosing between kick-and-go or zero-start, as well as swapping between imperial and metric measurements. This means that you can tweak the Pro 52V until it’s uniquely yours.

Apollo Pro Handlebars

Costing £1,699, the Pro 52V is the best value scooter out of all of those in the Apollo Pro range and is ideal for riders looking to step into the world of high-performance machines. It allows riders to swap between city cruising and off-road thrill rides with minimal fuss and its cool exterior is well-suited to both settings. Even better, Apollo offers some of the best post-purchase support and the 52V comes with a generous 24-month warranty.

Under £3,000

1. Wolf Warrior

Wolf Warrior
Best Dual Motor Scooter Under £3,000
The best off-road performance scooter, the Wolf Warrior has power by the bucketloads, boasting dual-motors with a peak output of 5400W and a top speed of 50 mph. This bad boy chews up hills, trails, and mountain paths without breaking a sweat. A true powerhouse of a scooter, the Wolf Warrior is everything adrenaline junkies could want in one muscular, motorcycle-like package.
£2,599.00

How about a machine with a motorcycle vibe and a name that matches up to its badass aesthetic? Get ready to drool over the beast that is the Wolf Warrior. Comparable to the Dualtron X is almost everything but the price, this bad boy is an off-road hero and can deliver an insane amount of power through its impressive drivetrain.

Although it’s branded as a Kaboo scooter, the Wolf Warrior takes its innards from the market-leading Mini Motors USA. Its 2400W dual motors have a peak power of 5400W which translates into a stunning top speed of 50 mph. When you experience the insane acceleration it offers, you’ll be itching to get out on the road and ride it again, and again, and again. The Wolf Warrior needs no encouragement on that front — the throttle is so sensitive even the slightest twitch will have it jumping out from underneath you.

Kaboo Wolf Warrior Frame

Not only does the power of its dual-motors amp up the speed, but it also puts out some phenomenal torque, allowing you to maintain speed up 30% inclines as easily as you would when riding on the flat. This also makes it one of the best choices on the market if you’re looking for a scooter for off-roading. The Wolf Warrior has what it takes to tackle even the most unpredictable terrain.

The entirety of this scooter’s design has been tailored towards off-road riding. Its beefy frame is reinforced in all the right places so it can support a load of 150 kg and the roomy deck provides ample ground clearance when you’re out on the trails or scaling mountainous paths. In addition, it features a superior suspension system consisting of front hydraulic and rear spring shocks. Because of this, it absorbs impact effortlessly, leaving you to focus on enjoying the thrill of the ride.

Wolf Warrior Hydraulic Suspension and Knobby Tires

If you’re planning to use your Wolf Warrior as a predominantly off-road scooter, you have the option to purchase it with knobby tyres that will be fitted before it arrives at your door. These are ideal for generating more traction when riding on loose surfaces typically found off-road and will keep you balanced and safe. If you’re going to be spending more time riding in the city, you’ll want to opt for slick tyres instead. These will help you pick up pace faster when riding on smooth surfaces like tarmac.

Kaboo Wolf Warrior Knobby Tires

Whichever tyres you go for, both options measure 11-inches, meaning they’re extra-large for a plush, comfortable ride. They also feature a tubeless design which makes them longer-lasting and more durable. This is because most flats occur when the inner tyre pops, so by removing this, you’re left with a sturdier, thicker rubber outer that can withstand a bit more wear and tear. This’ll prove handy whether you’re braving glass-strewn city streets or heading out on sharp, rocky paths.

Because the Wolf Warrior is so powerful it’s especially important that it comes with equally beefy brakes to keep you safe and help you control your ride. Unsurprisingly, Kaboo has paid particular attention to this element of the scooter, fitting it with dual hydraulic brakes which, in my opinion, are the best you can get. They’re efficient, reliable, and will slow you down with even the slightest pressure.

Kaboo Wolf Warrior Hydraulic Brakes

Suffice to say, the Wolf Warrior is one pretty insane speed machine and you’re going to want to spend hours on it, feeling out just how much it can do. Luckily, its massive 35Ah LG battery can last for up to 70 miles when ridden conservatively in single-motor or eco mode. If you have both motors enabled, you’ll see less than this but it’ll still give you around 40-50 miles to play with. Plus, it has a recharge time of 8 hours which is pretty sweet considering the mileage it’s able to put out.

You can keep an eye on your battery and range from the EYE controller on the handlebars. If this looks familiar, it’s because these are a firm favourite of Mini Motors USA, and so can be found on the likes of the Speedway 5 and Dualtron models. Alongside this, you’ll find a loud horn as well as buttons for the lights and power.

Kaboo Wolf Warrior Powerful Headlights

Speaking of lights, the Wolf Warrior has everything you need to ride safely at night. Its two massive headlights are capable of lighting up the night, whilst the side deck, ground effects, and giant rear light increase your visibility from all angles. Not even the darkest of nights can intimidate this scooter.

Kaboo Wolf Warrior LED Lights at Night

If you’ve got this far and you’re thinking that the Wolf Warrior might be for you, there’s just one drawback I have to mention: this scooter is heavy. Weighing 45.8 kg, this isn’t a machine you’re going to be able to lift and manoeuvre easily. This being said, it isn’t your run-of-the-mill scooter, and so will appeal more to serious enthusiasts or off-roaders who will be using it for a specific purpose. It hasn’t been designed to tackle the daily commute and ride with you on the underground. As a result, the added weight might not matter much because of the power you get from those two massive motors — the trade-off seems worth it.

This is especially true when you consider that this bad boy has an insanely reasonable price tag of £2,599. Comparable scooters retail closer to £6,000, making the Wolf Warrior exceptionally good value for money. Not only that but it delivers a heart-stopping thrill ride sure to satisfy even the most extreme adrenaline junkies. This is the ultimate off-road scooter and once you’ve tried it out, you’ll wonder how you ever lived without it.

Under £3,500

1. Dualtron Ultra 2

Dualtron Ultra 2
Best Dual Motor Scooter Under £3,500

Dualtron’s answer to the Wolf Warrior, the Ultra is a true off-road beast. Featuring a maximum output of 6640W, there’s not much that will slow this scooter down, hills, and off-road trails included. It features staggering torque and acceleration and its reinforced frame has been designed to withstand everything off-road riding has to throw at it.

£3,350.00

You can’t have a list of the best dual-motor electric scooters without including at least one entry from the infamous Dualtron range. Luckily for you, I’m going to be taking a closer look at two of the best, the first of which is the off-road sensation, the Dualtron Ultra.

Like all scooters from MiniMotors, this bad boy pulls no punches when it comes to power, beating the Wolf Warrior’s ferocious 5400W output by 1240W. In real terms, this means you’ll be able to reach a maximum speed of 62 mph, which is more than fast enough to make your eyes water and get your blood pumping. This baby is so powerful, it even features specifically designed heat sinks to stop the motors from overheating, keeping performance at an optimal level throughout the scooter’s lifespan.

Dualtron Ultra 2 Full Frame

Unsurprisingly, with this much power behind it, the acceleration and torque on the Ultra are no joke. There’s no chance that something as trivial as a little hill will daunt this beast. It’ll be able to handle slopes up to 70%, maintaining its charge to the top and onwards. If you do take it out on the road, once you let loose on that throttle, you’ll be more than capable of matching fast-moving traffic, although you will need to purchase additional road tyres for the best riding conditions on slick tarmac. (I do need to say, though, that I don’t recommend trying to match fast-moving traffic.)

That’s because the Ultra is, at its very heart, an off-road scooter. In many ways, it’s quite similar to the Wolf Warrior, but this beast comes with knobby tyres as standard, rather than offering users a choice. As I’ve mentioned before, these kinds of wheels are ideal for off-roading because the textured surface doesn’t need to work so hard to gain traction on loose or unreliable surfaces like sand or rocks.

Dualtron Ultra 2 Knobby Tires Traversing Muddy Terrain

They’re extra-large too, measuring 11 by 3.5 inches. This provides a more stable base for riders, keeping them balanced on uneven surfaces and distributing impact vibrations equally. Because they’re tubeless, the Ultra’s tyres are particularly good at this, but they don’t do the job on their own. The Ultra maximizes user comfort with the additional help of its exceptional front and rear suspension system which assists the wheels in absorbing vibrations.

One of this scooter’s strengths is that it can keep going for miles on end. Thanks to the immense power of the motors and the huge 72V 35Ah LG battery, the Ultra has a maximum range of 87 miles. Aggressive riders will see closer to 45-55 miles but that still gives you plenty of time to race along off-road trails and scale rocky inclines. Charging times will depend on the kind of charger you opt for, with a standard charger taking a pretty hefty 23 hours, whilst the fast charger reduces this to a mere 5.3 hours.

Dualtron Ultra 2 Large Knobby Rear Tire

Although raw dual-motor power might get your blood pumping, it’s important to make sure that your scooter’s safety features are up to scratch too. As purveyors of the fast and furious, Dualtron knows this better than most which is why the Ultra is equipped with top-quality front and rear 160 mm hydraulic disc brakes, as well as optional ABS. As a result, you can guarantee you’ll always have full control over your scooter’s speed and can stop when you need to.

For context, the discs are around 20 mm bigger than the average size. This helps to dissipate heat and keep the brakes running efficiently at all times.

As with any dual-motor scooter, construction is key. The Ultra features a reinforced body made from an aviation-grade aluminium alloy that is capable of supporting riders up to 150 kg. Additionally, the stem has been thickened with a 3.5 mm sleeve to keep it strong when performing daring jumps. It’s clear to see that the Ultra has been designed with care, allowing it to withstand the trials of riding off-road at extreme speeds.

Dualtron Ultra 2 Rear Taillight

Because of its more robust build, it’s no surprise that the Ultra is packing some serious bulk, weighing 39.9 kg. This scooter has many strengths, but portability isn’t one of them. However, as I’ve mentioned before, off-road scooters aren’t machines you’re likely to have to carry around often. Plus, if you found the gargantuan weight of the Wolf Warrior a bit daunting, this is a great, slightly lighter alternative.

However, the Ultra is a bit heavier on your purse strings. It’ll set you back £3,350, which is £751 more than the Wolf Warrior. In all honesty, the Wolf Warrior is better value for money and has the advantage of being more versatile on-road, but the Ultra has the weight of the Dualtron name behind it. For many, this might be enough to excuse the additional cost.

Dualtron Ultra 2 Wide Deck

If you’re in the market for an off-road beast, the Ultra is well worth your consideration. It delivers on speed, range, and function, living up to the Dualtron hype in all areas. This scooter is a lot of fun and it’s perfect for extreme riders looking for something to match their thrill-seeking appetites.

Over £3,500

1. Dualtron X

Dualtron X 2
Best Dual Motor Scooter Over £3,500

The Dualtron X is the most extreme scooter I’ve ever reviewed, pushing boundaries in all the right ways. Its dual motors can put out a staggering 8300W, propelling you up to 68 mph. This is an experienced rider’s dream and when you feel its torque and acceleration for yourself, even the steep price and back-breaking weight will feel like insignificant details compared to the might of the X

£5,599.00

If you’re looking for something that’s more motorcycle than scooter, something pulsing with raw undiluted power, something that makes scooter enthusiasts worldwide salivate at the mere mention of its name, there’s only one machine for the job: the Dualtron X. This scooter drags us firmly into extreme territory because let me assure you, it does nothing by halves.

Dualtron X 2 Frame

This scooter is a bonafide maestro of speed and power, and it all comes from its insanely large BLDH hub motors which put out a hair-raising 8300W of max power. If we boil that down, it means you’ll be able to reach a top speed of 68 mph. This is one of the fastest scooters I’ve ever reviewed and showcases just how far scooter tech has come since 20 mph was considered ‘extreme’.

There’s no other scooter on this list that accelerates quite like the X. Its pickup rate is staggering and if you’ve got even an inch of speed fiend about you, once you’ve had a go on this bad boy, no other scooter will compare. The torque it puts out is equally ferocious and makes it capable of scaling hills of around 70%. This means that even the steepest of cities (San Fran I’m looking at you) won’t stand a chance when this beast has the wind in its wings.

Dualtron X 2 Rear View

When you’re dealing with a scooter that can go as fast as this one, you need to be sure you can slow down just as quickly. Thankfully, Mini Motors prioritizes safety just as much as it does speed. The X is fitted with dual hydraulic disc brakes with a magnetic anti-lock braking system (ABS). These are, in my opinion, the best brakes you can get and they deliver a very smooth and precise braking experience. No matter how fast you’re going, you’ll always feel like you’re in control and able to come to a stop with even the slightest pressure on the hand levers.

Dualtron X 2 Hydraulic Disc Brake

The construction on the X is as close to bombproof as you can get to cope with its dual-motor power. This scooter is all about chunky components that make it feel stylishly oversized, rather than clumsy and clunky. The stem is thick and boxy whilst the deck is roomy enough to provide excellent balance whilst still allowing riders to adopt a natural standing pose. Overall, the build quality is tough and robust, keeping riders up to 150 kg safe.

Dualtron X 2 Wide Deck

The tyres, measuring an immense 13 by 4 inches, are some of the largest on offer. Their advantage lies in the fact that they can take on any road obstacle, absorbing impacts and rolling effortlessly over potholes of all shapes and sizes. The bigger tyres will take a while to adjust to — similarly to those on the Widewheel Pro. Turning might feel more cumbersome, but once you’ve dealt with this learning curve, it won't be hard to appreciate the smooth, floating sensation that the X evokes.

Its comfortable ride also comes down to its incredible suspension. It’s equipped with dual coil-over hydraulic shocks that adjust to your environment, alternating between soft as stiff as needed. It also features an innovative adjustable steering damper. This kind of thing is more commonly found on motorcycles but works well for a high-speed machine like the X, stabilizing the stem and handlebars and preventing them from wobbling when you hit 68 mph.

Dualtron X 2 Rear Hydraulic Suspension

To deal with the potential of its two monster motors, the X features a staggering 72V 42Ah battery pack, containing LG cells. This promises an almost inconceivable maximum range of 93 miles which is phenomenal when compared to some of the cheaper dual-motor options. As with all scooters, aggressive riding will reduce this, but you can still expect to be able to spend hours out and about before you need to think about plugging in. The best part? When you do have to recharge, a fast charger will get you back out on the road in just 8 hours.

In terms of cockpit setup, the Dualtron features the ever-popular EYE display, allowing you to keep an eye on your key riding stats with a single glance, as well as customize ride performance. It also comes with one of my favourite security features — a fingerprint reader, allowing riders to unlock their scooter.

Dualtron X 2 Handlebars

The X is one of the most well-lit scooters I’ve reviewed, featuring a firework display of lighting to keep you safe when riding at night. The ultra-bright headlight cuts through thick darkness, whilst the swag lights and the rear lights increase your visibility to other road users. It comes with turn signals, too. As I’ve mentioned previously, these are rare to see on scooters, but a big advantage when navigating busy roads.

Dualtron X 2 Headlight

This scooter is an absolute dream, but it does come with some drawbacks. The first of these is its immense bulk. This tank of a machine weighs 66 kg, which is roughly the same as an adult cougar. Trust me, it is not easy to lift and the chances are, you’re going to need help.

Secondly, it’s not a scooter for the inexperienced or faint-hearted. The top speed alone will require a practised hand to control it, and that’s without mentioning its unique handling thanks to the massive wheels. This is even further reinforced by the fact that the X costs a staggering £5,599. The chances are, you’ll only want to spend this much money if you’re a serious enthusiast looking to upgrade your extreme scooter game significantly.

Dualtron X 2 Large Tubeless Tires

Simply put, the Dualtron X 2 is a one-of-a-kind machine. The sheer power it puts out makes it extremely covetable. If you’re an experienced rider and want to reach the dizzying heights of ultra-performance electric scooters, there is no other scooter that can rival the X in terms of speed, power, range, and badass attitude.

Best by Type (Fastest, Longest Range, Lightest etc)

Cheapest

  1. Unagi Model One (Dual Motor) – £899
  2. Widewheel Pro – £1,035
  3. Speedway 5 – £1,600

Further Information:
Most Affordable Electric Scooters

Longest Range

  1. Dualtron X 2 – 93 miles
  2. Dualtron Ultra 2 – 87 miles
  3. Speedway 5 – 75 miles

Further Information:
Long-Range Electric Scooters

Folding, Light & Portable / Commuting

  1. Unagi Model One (Dual Motor) – Weighs 11.8 kg and has folded dimensions of 37.79 x 16.53 x 14.96 inches.
  2. Widewheel Pro – Weighs 24.5 kg and has folded dimensions of 43.1 x 8.6 x 16.1 inches. This scooter might not be lightweight in the traditional sense, but in terms of dual-motor scooters, it is. Plus, it has a fairly compact folded frame thanks to its folding handlebars.

Off-Roading

  1. Wolf Warrior – Equipped with knobby tyres, motorcycle-grade dual hydraulic suspension system, a robust frame, and great floor clearance.
  2. Dualtron Ultra 2 – Equipped with knobby tyres, an adjustable rubber suspension system, a robust frame, and great floor clearance.
  3. Dualtron X 2 – Equipped with large 13-inch tyres, a beefy construction, and coil-over shocks suspension system.

Big Wheels

  1. Dualtron X 2 – 13 x 4-inch tubeless tyres
  2. Dualtron Ultra 2 – 11 x 3.5-inch tubeless tyres
  3. Wolf Warrior – 11 x 3.5-inch tubeless tyres

Heavy Adults

  1. Wolf Warrior – Supports up to 150 kg
  2. Apollo Pro 52V – Supports up to 150 kg
  3. Dualtron Ultra 2 – Supports up to 150 kg
  4. Dualtron X 2 – Supports up to 150 kg

Optional Seat Attachment

  1. Widewheel Pro – Available for £77

Further Information:
Seated Electric Scooters

The post Best Dual Motor Electric Scooters appeared first on Electric Scooter Insider.

]]>
Best GoTrax Electric Scooters https://www.electricscooterinsider.com/en-gb/gotrax-electric-scooters/ Sun, 17 Jan 2021 17:22:29 +0000 http://www.electricscooterinsider.com/gotrax-electric-scooters/ There are a lot of bad, cheap scooters out there so if you’re on a budget, you need to make sure you pick one that has the quality to go with that affordable price tag. It can sometimes feel like you need to sell your soul to bag a scooter that can deliver the goods, […]

The post Best GoTrax Electric Scooters appeared first on Electric Scooter Insider.

]]>

There are a lot of bad, cheap scooters out there so if you’re on a budget, you need to make sure you pick one that has the quality to go with that affordable price tag.

It can sometimes feel like you need to sell your soul to bag a scooter that can deliver the goods, but luckily for you, the GoTrax brand is synonymous with awesome budget scooters. These guys are famous for producing affordable commuting solutions that always perform well above the price you pay. If you’re looking for great value for money, there’s no brand I’d rather recommend.

We’ve ridden a bunch of GoTrax models and can confidently say that they have the best range of budget scooters.

Below, you’ll find a list of the best scooters that GoTrax has to offer, for both adults and children alike, so you can find the perfect one for your needs.

Best For Adults & Teenagers:

GoTrax G4

The G4 is the best commuter scooter in the GoTrax range. It delivers a great top speed, excellent range, and great rider comfort all for under $500. If you want pure value for money without compromising on the snazzy features, this commuter scooter is a great option.

Read full review

$499.99 $599.99

GoTrax XR Elite

The XR Elite is a natural choice if your budget sits at the $400 mark. It has the highest range of any decent scooter under $400 and the second-highest range after the G4. Its top speed of 15.5 mph is ideal for beginners and inner-city riders.

Read full review

$359.99 $399.99

GoTrax XR Ultra

Costing just $359.99, this scooter is excellent value for money, especially because it (almost unbelievably) features a high-quality LG battery. In addition, it hits all the commuting criteria thanks to its portability, decent top speed, and durable build quality.

Read full review

$359.99 $399.99

GoTrax Apex

A new addition to the GoTrax line, the Apex answers the need for a mid-range budget scooter. With an upgraded handlebar display, thicker tires, and an all-new color combination, the Apex combines all the good stuff GoTrax is known for with some newer, more impressive elements

Read full review

GoTrax GXL V2

The best budget scooter under $300. There’s a reason why the GoTrax GXL V2 is the best-selling cheap scooter – it has everything a beginner needs. With a sturdy build, decent speed, and well-rounded rider comfort, the V2 is built to take the stress out of the short journeys.

Read full review

$279.99 $269.99

GoTrax Alternative:  Turboant X7 Pro. It has a top speed of 20 mph, an extended range of 30 miles, weighs 33 lbs, and costs just $499.98. The X7 Pro is the best scooter under $600.

Best For Kids:

GoTrax GKS

The GKS is guaranteed to bring a smile to your child’s face thanks to its zippy (but safe) top speed of 7.5 mph and five vibrant color combinations. Move over pedal bikes and push scooters — at $99.99, this is the gadget every kid will want.

Read full review

Read my full reviews of each by clicking on either link below:

How We Conduct & Support Our Electric Scooter Research:

To support our rigorous scooter review and editorial process, we rely on affiliate commissions. These are at no cost to you.

If you read our guides and reviews, find a scooter that you like, and click through to the retailer then we may earn a commission. We only earn a commission if you purchase a scooter and are happy with it. If you decide that you don’t like it and return it, we don’t earn a commission.

Our work is independent and impartial. Retailers and manufacturers do not influence our reviews. This is extremely important to us as our mission is to help you find your perfect scooter.

Read more about our four core values, the scooter review process, editorial policy, and how Electric Scooter Insider is supported.

We are now on Instagram! You'll find...
If you've found value from our reviews and guides we'd really appreciate it if you could follow us – @electricscooterinsider.

Best For Adults

1. GoTrax G4

GoTrax G4

The G4 is the best commuter scooter in the GoTrax range. It delivers a great top speed, excellent range, and great rider comfort all for under $500. If you want pure value for money without compromising on the snazzy features, this commuter scooter is a great option.

$499.99 $599.99

‘Budget’ doesn’t always equal boring, basic, or bleugh. Don’t believe me? Check out the GoTrax G4, the crowning glory of the GoTrax budget scooter range.

The G4 is the most complete GoTrax scooter you’ll find for under $500, and it has both the power and the range to satisfy those of you who are looking for a solid machine to get from A to B without compromising on all those little luxuries that make models like the Ninebot Max such a firm favorite.

GoTrax G4 Frame

This is the only GoTrax scooter to break through the 15.5 mph speed barrier, reaching a maximum pace of 20 mph. The 350W motor dishes out a pretty high level of torque for a machine that only costs $499 and allows riders to manage hills with a 15% incline grade.

As the fastest GoTrax scooter, the G4 is ideal for more experienced riders or those who plan on venturing onto quicker roads. Be warned, though: like it’s slower siblings, the G4 is a kick start scooter, so immediate acceleration won’t be as fast as you might like, although once you get going the G4 can more than hold its own.

GoTrax G4 Handbrake & Bell

Like other models in the GoTrax range, the G4 comes with a dual braking system made up of a rear disc brake and regenerative brake. Although these are good enough to slow you down and perform pretty well, they aren’t as good as if both wheels were fitted with their own brake. All of the stopping power is directed towards the rear wheel.

A faster scooter requires a sturdier base, which is why the G4 comes with all-new and improved pneumatic 10-inch tires. These will keep you stable no matter the speed at which you’re riding whilst also making up for the lack of suspension and absorbing shocks from road obstacles. Air-filled tires also fare better in wet weather because they generate more traction. This, alongside the G4’s IP54 waterproof rating, means that riding in light rain won’t be a problem.

GoTrax G4 10-inch Tire

Pneumatics are my preferred tire option but they are still at risk of flats. Impressively, the G4’s tires come pre-lined with tire slime. This means that if you roll over something sharp and get a small nick up to 6mm, the tire slime will activate into action and seal it up without any messy intervention from you. The reason why this is so impressive is that tire slime is only seen on models that are far more expensive, like the Ninebot Max which costs $350 more.

It’s not just great speed and increased comfort that sets the G4 apart from the rest of the GoTrax range. Another standout improvement is its improved battery that boasts 25 miles on a single charge. While testing the scooter we were only able to get 15 miles from it while riding at top speeds. If you ride more economically you can expect a few more miles. Whilst the range didn’t quite reach the quoted specs, it can be considered to be extended compared to other GoTrax models. Plus, it only takes around 5 hours to recharge.

Part of the G4’s attraction comes from the fact that it’s more full-featured than the other scooters available in the GoTrax range. For example, it comes with inbuilt security features, such as a digital lock, which its siblings lack. This is controlled with a number combination and acts as an anti-theft measure. Saying this, I’d still recommend a bike lock just to be extra safe because, after all, the scooter is light enough to be picked up and carried away.

GoTrax G4 Handlebars & LED Display

The digital lock can be enabled from the LED display panel which is located at the top of the handlebars. From here you can also operate the cruise control function, as well as keeping an eye on your speed and battery life. The only downside here is that the battery reader could be better – it can be misleading at times. When we turned the scooter on, the battery was three-quarters full. After riding it for a few miles it suddenly dropped to one-quarter and stayed there. When we got back to the testing studio we let it stay on for a minute and the battery level then moved up to halfway. I think this is an issue with the technology behind the LED display not reading the battery voltage properly. One sure way around this is to make sure you fully charge the G4 before you take it out to give you the confidence to know that the battery is juiced up.

There’s also a button that allows you to switch the headlight on and off.

GoTrax G4 Headlight

The G4 has a pretty sweet lighting setup and comes with a rear light that blinks when you pull on the brakes, not to mention the six different reflectors on its frame for optimal visibility.

GoTrax G4 Rear Taillight

At 36 lbs, the G4 is the heaviest scooter in the range, but it’s still portable. Lifting and carrying it won’t pose any issues, especially because it comes with one of the fastest and sturdiest folding mechanisms. Collapsing the G4 to take on public transport, throw in your trunk, or tuck away under your desk will be a breeze.

GoTrax G4 Folded in Trunk

Everything about this scooter is bigger and better than those that have come before it, from the speed and battery to the self-healing tires and extra features. Plus, it delivers on the good stuff GoTrax is known for – value for money and decent build quality. The G4 is ideal if you’re looking for a full-featured electric scooter that doesn’t break the bank, especially if you want to be out for longer and go further.

A great alternative to the GoTrax G4 is the Turboant X7 Pro. It delivers 30 miles on a single charge, a top speed of 20 mph, and is 3 lbs lighter. Best of all, it only costs $499.98.

2. GoTrax XR Elite

GoTrax XR Elite

The XR Elite is a natural choice if your budget sits at the $400 mark. It has the highest range of any decent scooter under $400 and the second-highest range after the G4. Its top speed of 15.5 mph is ideal for beginners and inner-city riders.

$359.99 $399.99

Second-in-line to the G4 is the GoTrax XR Elite. Viewed as one of the best budget scooters under $400 and a firm favorite amongst scooterists everywhere, the Elite is ideal for medium commutes, as well as leisurely pursuits, and is well-known for its top-notch reliability at a quality price.

The XR Elite’s strength lies in the range it has to offer. Before the coming of the G4, the XR Elite was the GoTrax scooter of choice for those who had further to go thanks to its top mileage of 18.6 miles. It also sports a charging time of between 3 and 4 hours, which is shorter than that of the G4. It might not be able to go as far as its newer sibling, but for $140 less, it’s a great alternative if you need to make longer journeys and can’t afford for your budget to inch up to $500.

GoTrax XR Elite Frame

The Elite’s 300W motor allows for a top speed of 15.5 mph and offers a generous rate of acceleration, despite it being a drop from the G4’s 20 mph limit. The slower speed is ideal if you’re a new or nervous rider as it’s more manageable for beginners. Alternatively, it’s well-suited to busy inner-city environments where navigating pedestrians and road-users will limit the chance to go faster anyway. Plus, it still has enough power to deal with 15% hills.

Like the G4, you can control your speed with the dual-brake system. Arguably, the setup is better on the Elite because each wheel is fitted with a brake. A disc brake is located in the rear with an electronic brake in the front. Because of this, the Elite can come to a fast stop as braking power is being directed at both wheels rather than just one.

GoTrax XR Elite Disc Brake

I’m a fan of big, air-filled tires. Why? There are many reasons, but the most important ones are that they help to give you better balance and a more comfortable ride whilst absorbing the impact of any pesky surface obstacles. The XR Elite comes with 8.5-inch pneumatic tires that do a great job of this. Sure, they’re not the largest tires on the market (the G4 has the biggest tires out of all GoTrax scooters) but they do a pretty admirable job on a scooter that costs less than $400 and has no suspension.

GoTrax XR Elite 8.5 Inch Air-Filled Tires

The XR Elite has a lot going for it in terms of rider comfort and stability for a budget scooter. It comes with a fairly wide 6.6-inch deck which makes finding a comfortable riding stance easy as well as boasting a durable, well-built frame that can easily deal with everyday riding. It also has a waterproof rating of IP54 so you don’t need to worry about being caught in an unexpected shower.

GoTrax XR Elite Deck and Stand

It’s clear that GoTrax has invested time into making sure the XR Elite ticks all the right safety boxes. It comes equipped with a bright headlight as well as a rear light and 6 additional reflectors, similar to the G4. It also comes with a smart battery management system so you can enjoy your ride without worrying that your battery is going to burn out on you unexpectedly.

The cockpit is simple but functional, featuring a bell alongside a smart display that allows you to monitor your speed and battery light as you ride. Similar to the G4, the Elite also has a cruise control function that enables you to let go of the throttle and relax your thumb while maintaining a constant speed.

GoTrax XR Elite LED Display

At 31.8 lbs, the XR Elite is light enough to carry and lift, which is part of what makes it such an excellent commuter option. The speedy one-step folding mechanism makes it simple to take on public transport or store under your desk.

GoTrax XR Elite Folded

Although it might not have the same range and speed as the more powerful G4, the Elite is a great budget option that will suit you if you don’t want to spend a fortune but need to travel a bit further than other models like the GoTrax XR Ultra and Apex. It’s perfect for commuting or running errands and the slower speed will appeal to beginners and those living in inner-cities alike.

Further Information:

GoTrax XR Elite Review

3. GoTrax XR Ultra

GoTrax XR Ultra

Costing just $359.99, this scooter is excellent value for money, especially because it (almost unbelievably) features a high-quality LG battery. In addition, it hits all the commuting criteria thanks to its portability, decent top speed, and durable build quality.

$359.99 $399.99

Now, you might be tempted to look at the XR Ultra and say ‘Well, that’s the same as the XR Elite but with less range’, and you would be right. However, you’re also wrong. There’s a lot more to this scooter than meets the eye.

That’s because the biggest difference is on the inside. The XR Ultra has a range of 16 miles, which isn’t too far off that of the Elite, but it has something its big brother doesn’t: an LG battery. What’s so great about this? Quite a lot. Not only is LG one of the biggest tech companies out there but their batteries are pretty much the best you can hope for on any scooter, let alone one that costs a mere $359.99.

GoTrax XR Ultra Frame

As a result, you can guarantee that the XR Ultra will keep going for many rides to come. Even if you might not always reach the full 16 miles (especially if you like your scooter rides fast and furious), you’ll get pretty darn close and your battery won’t feel like it’s going to keel over from the effort. I really can’t overstate how amazing it is to see a battery of this caliber on a scooter this cheap. If you want value for money, the Ultra should be right up there at the top of your list.

Like the battery choice, the rest of the XR Ultra is more than up to the task of taking on the everyday commute. Its aluminum frame is extra durable and boasts the same water-resistant rating of IP54 as other GoTrax scooters do. Its solid build has the kind of reliability you want in a scooter you’re planning to ride every single day and the quality outperforms the price that you pay.

You might expect that having a better battery would increase the weight of the scooter. Happily, this isn’t the case. The XR Ultra only weighs 26.4 lbs, which is around 5 lbs less than the XR Elite. Despite the reduced weight, it can still support riders up to 220 lbs and you’ll be able to lift it with ease, especially once you operate the super quick folding mechanism, collapsing it down to half the size. This makes it the perfect partner.

GoTrax XR Ultra Folded

As with every budget scooter, there are compromises to be made to drive the price down. Similar to the XR Elite, the XR Ultra has a top speed of 15.5 mph. This won’t do much for those of you who are experienced riders, but it’ll suit beginners perfectly. The 300W motor might not be the most powerful but it still dishes out a satisfyingly zippy acceleration rate whilst also being able to handle small slopes. Nevertheless, 15-16 mph is the standard out-of-the-box speed for the majority of budget scooters, so you’re not missing out.

The XR Ultra features the same brake setup as the XR Elite, with a front regenerative brake and a mechanical disc brake on the rear. As I mentioned previously, this is great to see on a budget scooter as it means one squeeze of the brake lever will apply pressure to both wheels to bring you to a controlled stop.

GoTrax XR Ultra Rear Disc Braking System

The 8.5-inch air-filled tires also come in handy here. Pneumatics famously generate more traction than their solid rubber counterparts and this will prove useful when you’re trying to slow the scooter down. Additionally, these will help to deliver a more comfortable ride quality thanks to their ability to absorb shocks from lightly textured surfaces. The lack of suspension means that you’ll still feel some bumps on heavily pockmarked roads, but for the most part, the tires will keep you protected from overly jarring rides.

GoTrax XR Ultra Front Wheel

Like other GoTrax models, the XR Ultra comes with a smart display with full visibility over your speed and battery. This is also where you’ll be able to initiate cruise control or switch between different speed settings. The sufficiently bright headlight and rear reflective light will keep you visible after dark too. As with most scooters, I’d still recommend purchasing extra lights to be on the safe side.

GoTrax XR Ultra Handlebar Display

The Ultra doesn’t pretend to live up to the likes of the GoTrax G4 or other more expensive models, but it does offer a great all-around package that will make getting to and from work a breeze or simply be an enjoyable toy for weekend rides. Plus, the inclusion of an LG battery makes this one of the most attractive options in the GoTrax line, especially because you won’t have to pay an arm and a leg for it.

Further Information:

GoTrax XR Ultra Review

4. GoTrax Apex

GoTrax Apex

A new addition to the GoTrax line, the Apex answers the need for a mid-range budget scooter. With an upgraded handlebar display, thicker tires, and an all-new color combination, the Apex combines all the good stuff GoTrax is known for with some newer, more impressive elements

$299.99

GoTrax has a ton of tried and tested budget scooters in its catalog, but if you fancy trying something that’s brand new, take a look at the GoTrax Apex. This is the most recent addition to the brand’s line and comes with some nifty updates and improvements that will make it more appealing to young, modern riders who don’t want to break the bank.

GoTrax Apex Frame

You spoke and GoTrax listened. As a result of customer feedback, the Apex features a new and improved handlebar display screen. Its new angular shape channels a futuristic vibe that matches the scooter’s black and green paint job, but whilst it's bigger than other models, it is a little dark and can be difficult to read in full sunlight.

GoTrax Apex Handlebars & LED Display

It also features a brighter front headlight than on previous models, as well as a rear light that blinks when you apply the brakes. Both of these are vital if you plan on riding in the dark and tick those baseline safety requirements. However, I’d recommend investing in additional lighting if you can. You can never have enough lights on an electric scooter if you’re going to do a lot of nighttime riding.

GoTrax Apex Rear Taillight

Like the XR Elite and Ultra, the Apex can hit a top speed of 15.5 mph and its 250W motor is more than capable of taking on 14% hills. Despite the smaller motor size, it can still put out some impressive torque but the improved battery means that it remains efficient, conserving power whenever possible. This is helped along by the kick-start, which also functions as an extra safety measure for beginners or younger riders.

With a 15-mile range, the Apex sits at a similar level as the Ultra, although it lacks the bonus of an LG battery. Saying that its Li-ion unit comes with a stellar battery management system to help protect it and extend its shelf life. You’ll experience a 35-40% shorter range if you plan to ride the scooter at maximum speed but it promises a relatively quick charging turnaround of 4 hours, so you won’t need to wait long between journeys.

GoTrax Apex Deck

Unlike the Ultra and the GXL V2, the Apex’s battery is stored in the foot deck. This might seem like a trivial design feature to mention, but it goes a long way towards delivering a more stable and balanced ride as it shifts the scooter’s center of gravity. This also helps when coming to a halt, something you do by pulling the handbrake to activate the scooter’s rear disc brake and anti-lock braking system. In fact, the braking felt surprisingly more responsive than GoTrax’s most premium model, the G4.

GoTrax Apex Rear Disc Brake

The Apex features 8.5-inch pneumatic tires, similar to those seen on the XR Ultra and Elite. I’ve mentioned the benefits of pneumatics many times before, however, those on the Apex have an extra edge because they’re been fitted with a thicker exterior. This means they’re able to absorb shocks from uneven terrain more easily and have a better ability to withstand the majority of punctures. However, after riding the Apex, the difference in ride comfort between the Apex’s thicker tires and the thinner ones found on the rest of the GoTrax range is minimal. If you’re not an electric scooter connoisseur, then you’re not likely to feel the difference.

GoTrax Apex Folding Mechanism

At 32.1 lbs, the Apex is the second heaviest scooter in the GoTrax line, however, it’s still easily portable. The frame folds down with a simple click, making it effortless to carry on public transport with you. Even though the handlebars don’t fold, it’s compact enough to store at your home or office.

GoTrax Apex Folded

This is a very sleek, good-looking scooter and it’ll definitely appeal to young professionals and students thanks to its modern, urban aesthetic. I’d recommend it if you’re looking for a scooter to take on short journeys or incorporate it into a multi-transport commute. Its biggest selling point is that you get a decent electric scooter for a ridiculously cheap price of $299.99. Like all GoTrax models, it outperforms its price tag.

5. GoTrax GXL V2

GoTrax GXL V2

The best budget scooter under $300. There’s a reason why the GoTrax GXL V2 is the best-selling cheap scooter – it has everything a beginner needs. With a sturdy build, decent speed, and well-rounded rider comfort, the V2 is built to take the stress out of the short journeys.

$279.99 $269.99

Last but by no means least in the GoTrax lineup is the GXL V2. This guy is all about portability, safety, and style, making it the perfect scooter if you want something no-nonsense to get you from A to B.

The most important thing to know about the V2 is that it’s been designed to ride shorter distances. This is because its maximum range tops out at 12 miles, with a recharge time of 4 hours. If you’ve got a long way to go and you want to do it all on your scooter, take a look at the G4 or the XR Elite. However, if your planning on riding around your neighborhood or your commute is local, the GXL V2 is a good fit.

GoTrax GXL V2 Frame

At 26.4 lbs, the GXL V2 is up there with the lightest adult scooters, beaten only by the more expensive Unagi Model One. This is particularly important for riders on the go. Who has the muscle to heft a tank of a scooter up and down subway steps? Not me and certainly not you. Luckily, the GXL V2’s lightweight frame and folding frame means you can collapse and carry the scooter in mere seconds.

GoTrax GXL V2 Folded Frame

Running late to meet a friend? Can’t afford to miss the next bus? Don’t sweat it. The GXL V2 can reach a top speed of 15.5 mph, cutting your travel time down significantly and getting you where you need to go with minimal hassle. Sure, it’s not quite as fast as the G4, but it’ll suit the majority of riders, especially if you’re investing in a scooter for the practicality of it rather than the prospect of a thrilling, adrenaline-filled ride.

Plus, just because it’s not a speed-driven scooter, doesn’t mean there isn’t some excitement involved. The GXL V2’s acceleration isn’t whiplash-fast, but it is fairly quick and the motor puts out enough torque to get you up 14% hills, although inclines at the upper range do pose a bit of a challenge. If you prefer a more relaxing ride, the GXL V2 also comes equipped with a cruise control function that will allow you to set and maintain your ideal pace so you won’t need to hover over the throttle for the entire journey.

Cruise control can be operated from the cockpit of the GXL V2, where you’ll also find a digital display. The central location of this makes it easy to see your speed and battery level. Alongside this, you’ll also see a red button where you can change your gear and switch on your headlights.

GoTrax GXL V2 Handlebar Display

Like other models in the GoTrax range, the GXL V2 comes with a fairly bright headlight which is perfect for lighting up dark roads, however, it sadly doesn’t feature a rear light. Instead, it has a rear reflector. If you’re considering choosing this scooter and you know you’ll have to do some nighttime riding, make sure to invest in an additional light so you’re extra visible to cars and other road users.

Although the lights might be lacking, this isn’t the case when it comes to the GXL V2’s brakes. This scooter features both a rear disc brake and a front regenerative brake which are strong and dependable when used together. Disc brakes are more efficient than other braking systems that rely on just electronic braking, so you can rest assured that you’ll be able to slow the scooter down smoothly whilst also giving your battery a boost thanks to the regen brake.

GoTrax GXL V2 Disc Brake

Like the majority of GoTrax scooters, the V2 scores quite highly when it comes to rider comfort, despite the fact it doesn’t come with any inbuilt suspension. This is down to the fact that it is fitted with 8.5-inch air-filled tires. These babies provide a good level of damping on uneven urban rides so you won’t feel like your bones are being shaken all over the place. This being said, you’ll still feel the impact of larger obstacles, so avoid those big potholes if you can.

GoTrax GXL V2 Front Air-Filled Tire

The sturdiness of the GXL V2’s frame also helps to keep you stable if you do have to ride across uneven terrain and the ample foot deck gives you a good amount of space to find your balance. There’s no question that this is a well-built scooter and despite its low price, it can support riders of 220 lbs with no problems. Like its siblings, it also comes with a waterproof rating of IP54, so it can be ridden in light rain too – although I wouldn’t recommend it.

The GXL V2 is one of the best-selling scooters on the market and for good reason. It might not be the fanciest or most advanced option, but it’s perfect for beginners who want to test out the possibilities of electric scooters without spending a fortune. At $269.99, you can bag yourself a reliable, well-built scooter with everything you need to reach your destination comfortably.

Further Information:

GoTrax GXL V2 Review

Best For Kids

1. GoTrax GKS

GoTrax GKS

The GKS is guaranteed to bring a smile to your child’s face thanks to its zippy (but safe) top speed of 7.5 mph and five vibrant color combinations. Move over pedal bikes and push scooters — at $99.99, this is the gadget every kid will want.

$99.99

Hey, it wouldn’t be fair if only the grownups had all the fun, would it? That’s why GoTrax has also released the GKS. Available in 5 jazzy color combinations including pink, blue, and green, this scooter is guaranteed to bring the fun and will keep your child occupied for many playtimes to come.

Pedal bikes and push scooters are so last year — nowadays, every kid wants a scooter they can cruise on that can drive itself, especially if it can hit a thrilling (but very safe) top speed of 7.5 mph. This is thanks to the 150W motor. It’s ideal for children between the ages of 6 and 12, particularly if they’re new to riding. The GKS is a safe and controlled introduction to the world of electric scooters.

GoTrax GKS Frame

This is largely down to the scooter’s safe-start technology. As you may be aware, riders control a scooter’s speed by pushing on the throttle, with some of them requiring a kick-start before the motor engages. The GKS is a little different. Instead of a throttle, you’ll find two button-like pressure sensors on the deck. To make the scooter move, your child must place their foot on the front button and kick to start. Once they’re moving, they can then engage the motor by placing their foot on the rear button. Voila — they’re away.

The biggest benefit of this system is that the scooter will never start unexpectedly before your child is ready. For it to work, riders must be balanced and stable upon both pressure points, so your child won’t be caught by surprise and take an accidental spill.

GoTrax GKS Deck and Safety Start Technology

Plus, it makes braking quick and easy. Riders need only lift their back foot off the sensor to kill the motor and the scooter will begin to slow immediately. There’s also a rear fender brake, so if they need a more abrupt stop, applying pressure here will stop them completely.

GoTrax GKS Rear Wheel and Fender

The GKS is a great alternative to a manual scooter, especially if you’re planning on taking lots of family trips in your local area. Smaller children will easily be able to keep up with adults riding slowly on bikes or other electric scooters and the maximum range of 4 miles means there’s plenty of power to explore or head out to your favorite picnic spot. Sadly, the GKS does take between 5 and 7 hours to recharge, however it can also operate as a manual scooter if your little ones can’t wait to get back out on the road.

If your adventures are likely to involve visiting the local park or cruising along neighborhood sidewalks, the GKS can easily deal with small vibrations thanks to its 6-inch solid rubber tires. These are also wear-resistant and completely flat-proof so you won’t need to worry about any fiddly wheel changes or inconvenient punctures.

GoTrax GKS Front Wheel

One of the standout features of the GKS is that it can support riders up to 154 lbs, which is much heavier than other children’s scooters. This means that the GKS can stay with your child as they get older.

However, we all know that children can be fickle about their toys. If they’re likely to get bored easily, take a look at the brand-new GKS Lumios. This scooter is very similar to the GKS but with a few notable differences. On a practical level, it has a more powerful 200W motor and an increased range of 4.8 miles which is 20% more than that of the normal GKS. It also comes with an adjustable stem to account for growth spurts too, but that’s not the best part. The best part is that the Lumios comes with a glowing front LED wheel so your child will feel like they’re on a fairground ride as they glide around the neighborhood.

Sadly, neither the Lumios nor the standard GKS are foldable which could make storing them tricky if you’re limited on space. However, with a weight of 17.8 lbs, it’s easy for small hands to lift and maneuver when out and about.

GoTrax GKS Grippy Handlebars

The GKS is an awesome kids’ gadget that is sure to get them out of the house and bring a smile to their faces. At $99.99, its price is wallet-friendly, although it’s worth pointing out that the Lumios costs around $50 more, retailing at $149.99. Regardless of which model you opt for, this is an investment that will grow with your child, keeping them entertained for many years to come. They’ll be the envy of their friends and there won’t be a single kid on the block who won’t want to have a go on their new GoTrax GKS.

By Type (Cheap, Foldable, Fast etc)

Foldable, Light & Portable

  1. GoTrax XR Ultra – Weighs 26.45 lbs and has folded dimensions of 15 x 44 x 6 inches.
  2. GoTrax GXL V2 – Weighs 26.45 lbs and has folded dimensions of 15 x 44 x 6 inches.

Commuting

  1. GoTrax G4 – The ultimate budget scooter for riders who want to go further and faster, this is the jewel in the GoTrax crown.
  2. GoTrax XR Elite – Perfect for medium-length commutes thanks to its 18.6-mile range and portability.
  3. GoTrax XR Ultra – Has a top-quality LG battery that will power it through many commutes to come – a scooter you can rely on.

Longest Range

Biggest Wheels

  1. GoTrax G4 – 10-inch pneumatic tires
  2. GoTrax XR Elite – 8.5-inch pneumatic tires
  3. GoTrax XR Ultra – 8.5-inch pneumatic tires

Further Information:

Electric Scooters with Big Wheels

Heavy Adults

All adults models can support up to 220 lbs.

FAQs

What is the Best Gotrax Scooter?

The best GoTrax scooter for adults is the G4. It has the longest range and fastest speed out of all the scooters in the range. It also comes out on top for rider comfort thanks to its large, plush 10-inch pneumatic tires.

For kids, the GKS ticks all the right boxes. It has a fun top speed whilst being safe for younger riders thanks to the safe start technology. Plus, it comes in five awesome color combinations that give it an extra dose of awesome.

Are Gotrax Scooters Good?

In a word, yes.

They aren’t the most full-featured scooters, but they’re excellent value for money when you consider what they offer. They all come with a decent top speed and a range that’s ideal for short-medium adventures. Plus, each scooter is fitted with a dual-braking system and shock absorbing pneumatic tires. Ultimately, it depends on what you need your scooter to do. If you want something to run errands, to use on your commute, or simply cruise at the weekends, GoTrax scooters are a solid choice if you are on a budget.

How Much Are GoTrax Scooters?

GoTrax scooters are notably cheap, but their exact price depends on the model you choose. The G4 is the most expensive option, retailing at $499.99, whereas the GXL V2 is the cheapest, costing $269.99. The GKS, for kids, retails for $99.99, although the new Lumios model is slightly more expensive at $149.99.

Can You Ride GoTrax Scooters in the Rain?

All adult GoTrax scooters come with a water-resistant rating of IP54 or IPX4. This means they can be ridden in light rain without sustaining any damage, although I wouldn’t recommend doing so. Riding in wet conditions is dangerous.

How Do You Fold a GoTrax Scooter?

All GoTrax scooters (except the GKS) feature a simple one-step folding mechanism. Depending on the model, you can fold the scooter by pulling the folding lever at the base of the stem, causing the scooter to collapse. The neck then clicks into place on the rear fender so you can easily carry it.

How Fast Does a GoTrax Scooter Go?

This depends on the model you choose. The G4 is the fastest, hitting a top speed of 20 mph, whereas the other models in the adult line only reach around 15.5 mph.

The GKS, for kids, has a maximum speed of 7.5 mph and is fitted with a safety cap so that it can’t go any higher.

Where is the Battery on a GoTrax Scooter?

This depends on the model you purchase. On the G4, Elite, and Apex, you’ll find the battery located in the foot deck, whereas both the XR Ultra and GXL V2 house their batteries in the stem.

Where is Gotrax Located?

The headquarters, shipping, and customer support for GoTrax are all located in Dallas, Texas.

The post Best GoTrax Electric Scooters appeared first on Electric Scooter Insider.

]]>
Best Segway-Ninebot Electric Scooters https://www.electricscooterinsider.com/en-gb/segway-ninebot-electric-scooters/ Sat, 16 Jan 2021 21:58:52 +0000 http://www.electricscooterinsider.com/segway-ninebot-electric-scooters/ Segway-Ninebot is one of the largest and most well-respected scooter brands on the planet, so it’s no surprise that they’ve got an impressive catalog of high-quality scooters to go alongside their reputation. They’ve been in the personal transport game for a while — after all, Segway is best known for their unique two-wheeled, balancing creation […]

The post Best Segway-Ninebot Electric Scooters appeared first on Electric Scooter Insider.

]]>

Segway-Ninebot is one of the largest and most well-respected scooter brands on the planet, so it’s no surprise that they’ve got an impressive catalog of high-quality scooters to go alongside their reputation.

They’ve been in the personal transport game for a while — after all, Segway is best known for their unique two-wheeled, balancing creation — so they know what boxes to tick when it comes to designing scooters to get you from A to B in comfort and style. But, with that reputation comes high prices. 

Below, you'll find a list of the best scooters from Segway-Ninebot, for adults and kids alike, as well as more cost-effective alternatives that deliver above and beyond each model.

Best For Adults & Teenagers:

Ninebot Max

The Ninebot Max is at the top of the Ninebot range for good reason. It’s built specifically to tackle long-distance journeys whilst keeping riders safe and comfortable. It might not be the speediest scooter on the market, but it’s an ideal long-lasting commuting machine.

Read full review

Ninebot Max Alternative:  Turboant X7 Pro. It's faster (20 vs 18.6 mph), lighter (33 vs 41.2 lbs), delivers a maximum range of 30 miles, and is far cheaper ($499.98 vs $849.99).

Ninebot ES4

Second to the Max, the ES4 delivers the same top speed and sturdy build as its older brother. It features a smaller range of 28 miles, but this is still plenty for most riders. The ES4 is perfect if you want a great all-around commuter scooter with the quality of the Max but for $50 less. However, expect a few compromises to hit that lower price.

Read full review

Ninebot ES4 Alternative:  Turboant X7 Pro. It's faster (20 vs 18.6 mph), has a similar weight (33 vs 30.9 lbs), a greater range (30 vs 28 miles), and is far cheaper ($499.98 vs $799.99).

Ninebot ES2

A great Ninebot scooter for beginners, the ES2 has a top speed of 15.5 mph and a maximum range of 15 miles. It’s a stylish, no-nonsense solution for commuters who want to banish the stresses of the early morning commute, but it is expensive. If you want value for money, check out the ES4 or consider a scooter outside of the Ninebot range.

Read full review

Ninebot ES2 Alternative:  Turboant X7 Pro. It's faster (20 vs 15.5 mph), has a similar weight (33 vs 27.6 lbs), almost double the range (30 vs 15.5 miles), and is far cheaper ($499.98 vs $649.99).

Ninebot E22

A great choice if you have a short commute or want an electric scooter to run errands in your local area. The E22 is well-suited to beginners or teenagers thanks to its top speed of 12.4 mph and base range of 13.7 miles. At $499.99, it’s more reasonably priced than other Ninebot scooters, but you could find a model with fuller features at a similar price outside of the Ninebot range.

Read full review

Ninebot E22 Alternative:  GoTrax XR Elite. It's faster (15.5 vs 12.4 mph), has a similar weight (31.8 vs 29.8 lbs), a greater range (18.6 vs 13.7 miles), and is far cheaper ($359.99 vs $499.99).

Best For Kids:

ZING E8

Best for 6-10 Year Olds

The ultimate kids’ scooter for children between the ages of 6 and 10. Equipped with 3 riding modes, it’s ideal for beginners. It comes with a top speed of 8.6 mph and is available in two eye-popping colors to deliver an exciting ride for younger riders.

Read full review

ZING E8 Alternative:  GoTrax GKS. Available in five different colors, the GKS is a great first electric scooter option. It has a kid-friendly speed limit of 7.5 mph, will keep your children entertained for up to 4 miles of playtime, and has a unique safety start and braking technology that makes it an excellent choice for smaller children. Plus, at $99.99, it’s a steal.

ZING E10

Best for 11-12 Year Olds

The Zing E10 boasts many of the same features as the E8 but can support a heavier weight of 132 lbs, making it ideal for slightly older children. It also has a fun top speed of 10 mph, which is sure to get the adrenaline flowing, satisfying younger riders who want a bit more from their scooter.

Read full review

ZING E10 Alternative:  GoTrax GKS Lumios. The Lumios has a child-friendly speed limit of 7.5 mph, a safety start and braking technology that ensures the scooter will never take off without your child having both feet on the deck, and adjustable height handlebars so it can keep up with growth spurts. Plus, with its sound build quality, the GKS Lumios can support up to 154 lbs, and the newly improved battery can deliver up to 4.8 miles of ride time. The cherry on top of the cake is that it retails for just $129.99.

ZING E12

Best for 13-14 Year Olds

The Zing E12 is very similar to the E10, with an added boost of power bringing the top speed up to 11.2 mph. It has the same top-quality construction as other scooters by Segway Ninebot, however, the limited range might mean older children outgrow this scooter faster than you’d like.

Read full review

ZING E12 Alternatives:  The Hiboy NEX has a top speed of 13 mph and 13 miles to match, which is more than double the range of the E12. With its robust build, the NEX will last the test of time as well as delivering a reliable ride. The Hiboy NEX costs $249.00. Alternatively, if you want a scooter that packs more punch, the GoTrax GXL V2 will be perfect for you. It goes 15.5 mph, has a 12-mile range, and costs just $269.99.

Read my full reviews of each by clicking on either link below:

How We Conduct & Support Our Electric Scooter Research:

To support our rigorous scooter review and editorial process, we rely on affiliate commissions. These are at no cost to you.

If you read our guides and reviews, find a scooter that you like, and click through to the retailer then we may earn a commission. We only earn a commission if you purchase a scooter and are happy with it. If you decide that you don’t like it and return it, we don’t earn a commission.

Our work is independent and impartial. Retailers and manufacturers do not influence our reviews. This is extremely important to us as our mission is to help you find your perfect scooter.

Read more about our four core values, the scooter review process, editorial policy, and how Electric Scooter Insider is supported.

We are now on Instagram! You'll find...
If you've found value from our reviews and guides we'd really appreciate it if you could follow us – @electricscooterinsider.

Best For Adults

1. Ninebot Max

Ninebot Max

The Ninebot Max is at the top of the Ninebot range for good reason. It’s built specifically to tackle long-distance journeys whilst keeping riders safe and comfortable. It might not be the speediest scooter on the market, but it’s an ideal long-lasting commuting machine.

$849.99

Let’s start with the powerhouse of the Segway Ninebot range, the impressive Ninebot Max.

This scooter means business. With its minimalist black exterior and beefy frame, the Max is a machine that’s been built to stand the test of time without looking clunky or awkward. Its no-nonsense style will appeal to urban city slickers who need something robust to handle the early morning slog or leisurely adventures without worrying about whether their scooter will make it. Thanks to the Max’s wide foot deck, overall sturdiness, and ability to support riders up to 220 lbs this won’t be a problem.

Ninebot Max Frame

Even more importantly, you won’t ever be let down by poor battery performance. The Max has been specifically built for long-range journeys. With a maximum mileage of 40.4 miles, this bad boy isn’t likely to run out of juice anytime soon. When it does, you’ll only have to wait 6 hours for it to fully recharge. It’s the perfect scooter if you’re looking for something that can go the distance in terms of both quality and range.

As well as having an impressive battery life, the Max also comes equipped with a decent powertrain to get you where you need to go pretty quickly. Its 350W rear-wheel motor will allow you to reach a top speed of 18.6 mph, delivering just the right amount of torque and acceleration for zipping in and out of city streets. Sure, there are faster scooters, and although the Max is on the lower end of the speed scale compared to other scooters in the same price bracket, the extended mileage more than makes up for it, especially when you consider the quality that comes with the Ninebot brand.

The Max also features three different speed settings: eco, standard, and sports mode. Alternating between these will allow you to vary your speed thresholds, which is ideal when navigating busy city streets, as well as helping to extend your battery. You’ll find this particularly handy when you need to climb hills of up to 20% — clever gear changes will keep you from slowing down too drastically. You can alternate between the various modes through the LED dashboard on the handlebars.

Segway Ninebot Max LED Display

If you’re choosing a scooter that you plan to ride regularly, you need to be confident that it comes with a good set of brakes. Luckily, Ninebot has you covered. They’ve outfitted the Max with dual braking power, equipping a front mechanical drum brake and a rear electric brake. The combined power of these generates responsive and consistent braking. Plus, the drum brake is uniquely designed to resist both dirt and water, making it very low maintenance.

Segway Ninebot Max Handbrake

So, the Max ticks all the major boxes when it comes to commuter functionality, but what about rider comfort? Well, I’m glad you asked because this is one of the areas where the Max could improve. It features large 10-inch pneumatic tires which are ideal for generating increased traction and absorbing the impact of pesky surface imperfections but, it doesn’t come with any inbuilt suspension which limits the comfort factor. Luckily, the tires are plush enough to take on smooth asphalt and most urban terrain but anything slightly uneven will lead to a bumpy ride.

Ninebot Max Self Healing Tires

However, it must be noted that air-filled tires are vulnerable to punctures and flats. With many scooters, riders must decide whether the increased comfort is worth the risk, but this isn’t the case with the Max. Ninebot has neatly sidestepped this problem through the inclusion of self-healing tires. Yes, you heard that right. The tires on this scooter are capable of sealing up punctures that are less than 6mm in diameter. This is because they are pre-filled with tire slime, saving you the messy job of trying to block up any rips or tears.

This isn’t the only innovative feature that the Max boasts; it also comes with an inbuilt app that can connect to your mobile phone via the display panel in the handlebars. From here, you can customize your riding experience and switch between various riding modes, as well as turn the headlight on and off.

Speaking of lighting, the Max provides sufficient visibility thanks to the fact it comes with a bright front headlight as well as a rear light. These will make sure other road users can see you, however, I’d still recommend purchasing additional lighting to be on the safe side if you’re going to be doing extensive nighttime riding.

Segway Ninebot Max Ultra Bright Headlight

At 41.2 lbs, the Max isn’t a light scooter and it’s not what I’d class as truly portable. Portability is usually a key factor when choosing a commuter scooter, however, given the range on this thing, it’s unlikely you’ll have to carry it for long periods. As a result, it’s manageable for most riders. It also has a very solid folding mechanism, making it ideal for storing out of sight.

Ninebot Max Folded Frame

Costing $849.99, this is the priciest of the Segway Ninebot scooters, however, there are a couple of pretty good reasons for that. It has excellent build quality and its large, air-filled tires make for a comfortable ride across the majority of urban surfaces. Most importantly, it’s built to dominate long journeys and is best for those riders who have further to go.

Ninebot Max: Alternative

A great alternative to the Ninebot Max is the Turboant X7 Pro. It delivers 30 miles on a single charge, a top speed of 20 mph, and is 8.2 lbs lighter at 33lbs. Best of all, it costs just $499.98.

Further Information:

Segway Ninebot Max Review

2. Ninebot ES4

Ninebot ES4

Second to the Max, the ES4 delivers the same top speed and sturdy build as its older brother. It features a smaller range of 28 miles, but this is still plenty for most riders. The ES4 is perfect if you want a great all-around commuter scooter with the quality of the Max but for $50 less. However, expect a few compromises to hit that lower price.

$799.99

If your budget won’t stretch quite as far as the Ninebot Max but you want a high-quality Ninebot scooter, the ES4 is your next best option. This scooter is fairly similar to the Max, with a few key differences, including a cheaper price tag, that might make it a more appealing option for some riders.

You’ll be pleased to know that in terms of speed and power, the ES4 matches the Max with a top speed of 18.6 mph. This is thanks to its 300W motor that gives it the added punch it needs to climb 15% hills and keep up with other scooterists and cyclists occupying the bike lane. You can accelerate using the responsive thumb throttle, whilst the dual electrical and mechanical brakes will bring you to a smooth stop.

Segway Nintbo ES4 Frame Outdoor Shot

Like the Max, the ES4 also features 3 riding modes: eco, standard, and sport. You can alternate between them when you connect your phone to the handy Ninebot mobile app. From here you can also access your cruise control settings, as well as locking the motor which serves as an excellent anti-theft feature. The app also allows you to customize the color of your under-deck lighting, so you can add an injection of style to your scooter.

Of course, there are some key differences between the Max and the ES4. Most notably, when it comes to battery and range. The ES4 offers 28 miles on a single charge, which is a big step down from the Max’s 40.4 miles. Despite this, it’s still a fairly impressive range and is more than enough to satisfy the majority of riders.

Ninebot ES4 Handlebars and LED Display

Unlike the Max, the ES4 comes with two batteries — one located internally and the other positioned on the stem. This is largely what differentiates the ES4 from the ES2, and is the reason the ES4 can go that bit further. However, there are some downsides to this. Firstly, having two batteries extends the ES4’s charging time up to a fairly lengthy 7 hours, and secondly, the placement of the second battery on the stem does make for awkward carrying.

Despite this, the ES4 is lighter than the Max, weighing 30.9 lbs, and is, therefore, a more portable option. This is handy if you need to carry your scooter up several flights of stairs or if you regularly take public transport. The ES4 also folds up for ease of storage.

Ninebot ES4 Folded

Another key difference between the ES4 and Max lies in its tire design. Rather than pneumatics, the ES4 features slightly smaller solid rubber tires. These are ideal if you’re looking for a low-maintenance scooter as they’re flat-resistant so you’ll never have to worry about fiddly tire changes. On the other hand, solid tires provide less shock absorption, so riding at top speeds can make for a rattly ride.

Ninebot ES4 Front Wheel, Kickstand, and Folding Mechanism

Luckily, the ES4 comes equipped with front and rear shock absorbers to help take the slack off those wheels. This means a more comfortable ride across rougher surfaces. Despite this, I’d still recommend sticking to well-maintained paths to get the best ride quality out of this scooter.

The ES4 features a sleek LED display panel in the center of its handlebars, where you can check your riding stats with a single glance, monitoring your speed and battery level. From here, you’ll also be able to operate the front headlight and the taillight will automatically blink when you hold down the brake.

Segway Ninebot ES4 LED Panel

Although there are plenty of differences between the ES4 and the Max, one thing that hasn’t changed is the overall quality of the scooter’s build. The ES4 channels the same sturdy and stable vibe as its older brother, allowing it to support riders of up to 220 lbs. It even comes with an IPX5 water-resistant rating, so you won’t have to worry about damaging it if you get caught in a little light rain.

The ES4 perfectly bridges the gap between the ES2 and the Max in terms of power and range, so is ideal if you want something that sits in the middle of the two. It’s also great if you’re looking to save a bit of money. At $799.99, it’s $50 cheaper than the Ninebot Max whilst still ticking all of the boxes that make up a good commuter scooter. There are some compromises, but if you’re looking for a great all-rounder with a pacey top speed and a decent range, the ES4 is an awesome place to start.

Ninebot ES4: Alternative

A great alternative to the Ninebot ES4 is the Turboant X7 Pro. It delivers 30 miles on a single charge, a top speed of 20 mph, and weighs 33 lbs. Best of all, it costs just $499.98.

Further Information:

Segway Ninebot ES4 Review

3. Ninebot ES2

Ninebot ES2

A great Ninebot scooter for beginners, the ES2 has a top speed of 15.5 mph and a maximum range of 15 miles. It’s a stylish, no-nonsense solution for commuters who want to banish the stresses of the early morning commute, but it is expensive. If you want value for money, check out the ES4 or consider a scooter outside of the Ninebot range.

$649.99

If you’re looking for a scooter to get you from A to B with minimal fuss, Ninebot has you covered. Take a look at the ES2, a great option for the casual commuter or scooter novice.

Like all scooters in the Ninebot range, the ES2 is as sturdy as they come and can support riders of up to 220 lbs. It’s made from lightweight aerospace-grade aluminum alloy and has a water-resistant rating of IP54 which means it’s more than up to the task of handling the strain of everyday riding.

Ninebot ES2 Frame

Another benefit of using this material in the frame is that it’s incredibly tough without piling on the extra lbs. In fact, the ES2 weighs just 27.6 lbs, which makes it easy to carry or take on public transport, especially when it’s folded. This combination means it’s a natural choice for commuting, where portability is often key.

Ninebot ES2 Rear Wheel and Fender

The ES2 is also well-suited to electric scooter novices because it sports a more gentle acceleration curve than the other Ninebot models. Its 300W motor allows you to reach a top speed of 15.5 mph, which is more beginner-friendly than the faster speeds on the ES4 and Max. Because it’s not as powerful as its siblings, the ES2 will struggle on hills but can manage inclines of around 10%, although you should expect the speed to dip.

You’ll find that acceleration is faster when riding the ES2 in sports mode, however, this will reduce your range. This scooter has a maximum mileage of 15.5 miles, however, you’ll only reach this if you ride in either the more conservative eco or standard mode. Luckily, the ES2 has a pretty speedy charging time of 3.5 hours so you can top up in the same amount of time it takes to catch a movie and eat dinner with a friend.

Segway Ninebot ES2 Throttle

If you need a bigger mileage than what the ES2 offers, you do have the option of purchasing an additional battery pack and securing it to the stem. This will boost the scooter’s range to 28 miles and increase its top speed to 18 mph. In essence, it transforms the ES2 into the ES4. This is handy if you’re a beginner rider, and want to uplevel your scooter gradually as you become more confident, but if you’re an experienced rider already, I’d recommend skipping straight to the ES4. There’s a $150 difference between their prices, but you’ll get more for your money, especially because the additional battery pack costs $249.99.

When it comes to riding comfort, the ES2 is on a par with the ES4. This is down to the fact that it features the same solid tires (8-inch front and 7.5-inch rear). As I’ve mentioned before, solid tires aren’t everyone’s cup of tea because they don’t do a very good job of absorbing shocks from underfoot, although they do have the benefit of being completely flat-proof.

Segway Ninebot ES2 Rear Wheel

The ES2 comes with front and rear shock absorbers which helps to take the strain off slightly, diffusing the impact from small obstacles, but without the backup from the tires, they’re limited in how much they can withstand. As a result, it’s important to keep this scooter on flat urban surfaces and steer clear of big potholes.

Segway Ninebot ES2 Front Shock Absorber

The ES2, like other members of the Ninebot family, has gone through rigorous testing to ensure that you’re safe whilst riding. It features a smart battery management system to prevent the battery from overheating. It also comes with a dual braking system. You can bring the scooter to a halt using either the front electric brake, rear mechanical foot brake, or both.

It’s also equipped with a 1.5W front LED light to illuminate the path ahead of you and increase your visibility to others around you. This is complemented by a rear light that blinks red when you brake. Although this is a decent setup, I’d still advise purchasing extra lighting if you’re going to be riding regularly at night.

You’ll be pleased to know that the ES2 also connects to the Ninebot app, where you can customize the color of your under-deck lighting to give the scooter an ultra-futuristic feel. Other customizations can be made, such as setting your rear light to stay lit even when you’re not braking, as well as switching the scooter into sports mode, or operating cruise control.

Ninebot ES2 Under Deck Lighting Close Up

The slick LED display in the handlebars provides all of your basic stats, so you can check your speed and battery level without taking your eyes off the road for too long.

Segway Ninebot ES2 Handlebars

Ninebot ES2: Alternative

The ES2 is a good entry-level scooter, especially if you’re a rider with limited experience and you want to ditch your morning subway ride for something more freeing. It has a decent range for short journeys and a beginner-appropriate top speed, with the capacity to grow as you become more confident. However, at $649.99, it’s not a cheap option, especially considering that some cheaper scooters can either match or deliver far greater performance, like the Turboant X7 Pro for example (20 mph, 30 miles, $499.98).

Further Information:

Segway Ninebot ES2 Review

4. Ninebot E22

Ninebot E22

A great choice if you have a short commute or want an electric scooter to run errands in your local area. The E22 is well-suited to beginners or teenagers thanks to its top speed of 12.4 mph and base range of 13.7 miles. At $499.99, it’s more reasonably priced than other Ninebot scooters, but you could find a model with fuller features at a similar price outside of the Ninebot range.

$499.99

Looking for a scooter to brighten up your short commute? Maybe you need something to make running local errands a breeze? Well, look no further. The Ninebot E22 ticks all the right boxes.

This scooter is perfect for navigating busy inner-city areas thanks to its top speed of 12.4 mph. It’s quite a bit slower than the likes of the ES2, ES4, and Max, however, it’s well-suited to beginner riders who might be feeling a bit nervous, or teens looking to trade in their manual push scooter or bike.

Segway Ninebot E22 Frame

The slower speed doesn’t mean it lacks power, though. The 300W motor is more than capable of allowing you to tackle hills with a 15% incline grade. Plus, with the three riding modes (sport, standard, and eco) you can change your riding style to suit your terrain, swapping gears to maintain economical riding conditions.

Doing this will allow you to push your range even further. The E22 claims to be able to hit 13.7 miles on a single charge, however, you’re likely to see 35-40% less than this if you ride in the sport mode. Luckily, it shares the same recharging time as the ES2, so you’ll only have to wait a mere 3.5 hours to get back out on the road.

Although this kind of range is great for those with short commutes, if you’re a rider with longer to go, you’re going to need something with a bit more reach. Thankfully, you have the option to widen your horizons and uplevel the E22, as it’s compatible with the Ninebot extended battery pack. This is available at an extra cost of $249.99 and will extend the mileage to 27 miles, bringing it up to par alongside the likes of the ES2 and ES4.

Segway Ninebot Extended Battery Pack

Both the internal and external battery are stored in and on the scooter’s handlebar stem, meaning that the E22’s deck has a much slim profile. As a result, the scooter has a lower center of gravity which makes it easier to handle and helps to deliver a more comfortable and balanced ride.

Speaking of ride comfort, the E22 comes with some truly innovative tires that set it apart from other scooters in the Ninebot range. At 9 inches, they’re larger than the tires found on the ES2 and ES4, so provide a more balanced base for increased stability. Although they are rubber, they’re filled with a PU foam that makes them a lot softer than regular rubber tires. They provide more shock absorption which is key given that the E22 doesn’t have any suspension. Despite this, they still aren’t as good as pneumatics, so I’d steer clear of potholes if I were you.

Segway Ninebot E22 Dual Density Tire

As with all Ninebot scooters, safety is paramount, which is why the E22 is fitted with a dual braking system, consisting of an electric brake and a rear mechanical foot brake. When you use both of these braking mechanisms together, you can expect to come to a stop in as little as 4 meters.

This isn’t the only safety measure the E22 boasts. Like the ES2, it also comes with a smart battery management system, designed to look after the health of your power source, as well as sporting a 2.5W front headlight to make nighttime riding safer. It’s also equipped with a rear taillight, but I’d still recommend purchasing additional lighting to ensure full visibility after dark.

Segway Ninebot E22 LED Headlight

The main thing that makes the E22 feel safe is the fact that it boasts such a sturdy build. There’s no surprise that this is the case, given that Ninebot is known for producing scooters of a high caliber, but it’s great to see this high standard spanning all of their models. In addition to being robust, it also has a water-resistant rating of IPX4, meaning it can resist light rain.

Thankfully, a tough and durable frame doesn’t immediately mean a heavy scooter. The E22 weighs 29.8 lbs, so it’s easily portable. When folded, it can be lifted and stored easily, and if you regularly take the subway, your E22 can come onboard with you.

Segway Ninebot E22 Folded in Trunk

Other features include the standard mobile app integration, as well as a handlebar display for monitoring speed and battery alongside a bell for letting others know you’re coming up on the inside. Plus, if you’re the kind of person who gets bored of holding a throttle down for an entire journey, you can easily turn on cruise control so you can give your thumb a break.

Segway Ninebot E22 LED Display

The E22 is a very practical scooter, and it’s great for riders on a budget. At $499.99, it’s much cheaper than other Ninebot models for adults, although it is still fairly pricey in comparison to other similar scooters. However, this is largely due to the fact that you’re paying for the weight of the Ninebot brand as well as a guarantee that this is a scooter you can trust to last for many rides to come.

I would recommend the E22 for more inexperienced riders who want a reliable model to help them find their feet in the world of electric scooters. It’s also a great option if you’re after something casual to make running local errands more enjoyable. Ultimately, however, it will leave more experienced riders wanting more thanks to its lower speed thresholds and more sluggish acceleration.

Ninebot E22: Alternative

A great alternative to the Ninebot E22 is the GoTrax XR Elite. It delivers 18.6 miles on a single charge and a top speed of 15.5 mph. Best of all, it costs only $359.99.

Best For Kids

1. Segway ZING E8

Segway ZING E8

Best for 6-10 Year Olds

The ultimate kids’ scooter for children between the ages of 6 and 10. Equipped with 3 riding modes, it’s ideal for beginners. It comes with a top speed of 8.6 mph and is available in two eye-popping colors to deliver an exciting ride for younger riders.

$219.99

If you’ve got little tots running around that you need to keep occupied, you’ll be pleased to hear that Segway Ninebot doesn’t just make scooters for adults — they make some pretty awesome kids’ scooters too. The Zing E8 is perfect for children between the ages of 6 and 10 and is guaranteed to bring a smile to your child’s face.

Part of what makes this scooter so appealing to the younger generation is that it looks pretty darn cool. Available in soft baby pink or vibrant indigo blue, the Zing E8 is sure to be a big hit with both your child and their friends.

Segway Zing E8 Blue and Pink

And it’s not just a pretty front — the E8 is made from one of the best quality materials out there: aerospace-grade aluminum alloy. This stuff is ultra-durable, meaning the scooter is well up to the task of handling anything your kids might throw at it whilst remaining lightweight at just 17.6 lbs. Ninebot’s trademark sturdiness extends to their children’s scooters, so you can rest assured they’ll feel safe whilst they’re gliding around the neighborhood.

Thanks to the E8’s top speed of 8.6 mph and 130W motor, riders will be able to press down on the ergonomic thumb throttle and cruise with ease. However, if your child is new to riding, the E8 comes with three different riding modes to help them grow in confidence before they hit the fastest pace.

Segway Zing E8 Power Button and Rear Fender

Safety mode is the ideal starting point as this caps the speed at 6.2 mph whilst they become used to riding. When they want to take things up a notch, your child can switch to throttle or cruise. Both of these settings allow riders to get up to 8.6 mph but in different ways. In cruise, a swift kick will get the scooter going, and then it will maintain its pace without further interference. The faster your child kicks, the faster they’ll go. If they do want to experience the fun of ‘driving’, they can switch to throttle mode, using the thumb paddle to moderate their speed.

The E8 comes with a triple braking system so your child can be sure they’re in control at all times. This includes a rear foot brake, a regenerative brake, and a hand brake. Together, they’ll bring riders to a halt quickly and consistently. The regenerative brake will even deliver a little boost of energy to the battery every time it’s activated, extending the range.

The E8 can last for around 6.2 miles on a single charge which is perfect for neighborhood adventuring, although it can also operate as a manual kick scooter if the power runs out mid-ride. The E8 also comes equipped with a smart battery management system to generally protect the health of the scooter’s battery and to prevent it from overheating.

Segway Zing E8 Frame

When it comes to exploring your local streets, the E8 is designed to take on a wide variety of terrain. It features solid rubber tires (8-inch front and 7.5-inch rear) which are completely flat-proof, so you won’t need to worry about suffering a puncture if it's ridden over something sharp. Plus, the E8 comes with a front shock absorber to help diffuse impacts from rough surfaces. This means your child can explore over asphalt, grass, dirt, and sand.

If they do hit a large obstacle at an awkward angle, the E8’s low foot deck has been specially designed to give them extra control over the scooter so they can avoid any accidental spills. The anti-slip coating also means they’ll be able to grip more easily to keep their balance.

Segway Zing E8 Front Tire and Shock Absorber

Unfortunately, the E8 doesn’t come with a headlight or rear light, instead featuring a reflective sticker on the rear fender. It does, however, come with customizable underdeck lighting so your child will feel a bit like they’re riding a glow-in-the-dark hovercraft. Although this is pretty cool and it does somewhat help increase your child’s visibility, I’d recommend purchasing additional lighting if they’re going to be riding in the dark.

This is the ultimate kids’ gadget and Ninebot has come through with a scooter that is sure to bring a smile to your child’s face. At $219.99, you’ll get a super sturdy and durable scooter you can trust to keep your little one safe whilst also delivering a fun ride.

ZING E8: Alternative

The perfect scooter for younger riders. The GoTrax GKS makes for an exciting ride, whilst also being safe and affordable. Available in five different colors, it’ll bring a smile to your child's face and their friends will be lining up around the block to have a turn. Not to mention, that this scooter has been specifically designed to keep your little one safe thanks to its safe start system. The GKS features two buttons on its foot deck. To get going, your child will need to place their foot on the front button and kick to go, before placing their other foot on the back button to engage the motor. Plus, at $99.99, it’s a steal.

2. Segway ZING E10

Segway ZING E10

Best for 11-12 Year Olds

The Zing E10 boasts many of the same features as the E8 but can support a heavier weight of 132 lbs, making it ideal for slightly older children. It also has a fun top speed of 10 mph, which is sure to get the adrenaline flowing, satisfying younger riders who want a bit more from their scooter.

$229.99

Although the ZING E8 is geared towards children between the ages of 6 and 10, once your little ones become, well, not so little, they might want something with a bit more of a thrill. That’s where the E10 comes in. This scooter is equipped with all the stuff that makes its younger brother such a great gadget but has more to offer to satisfy bigger kids.

The biggest difference — and the one most 11 and 12-year-olds are interested in — is the maximum speed. The E10 can go almost 2 mph faster than the E8, hitting a top pace of 10 mph. This is guaranteed to get their heart racing and deliver hours of enjoyment as they weave through the neighborhood.

Ninebot Zing E10 Deck

Not only does the 150W motor boost their speed, but it also helps with hill climbs too. Although the E10 isn’t made for cruising up inclines, it can handle gentle slopes of 7%. This is ideal for residential areas, where drastic gradients aren’t that common.

Just because the E10 goes faster, doesn’t mean that it’s unsuitable for beginners. It comes with the same three riding modes as the E8: safety, cruise, and throttle. The safety setting has the same speed cap of 6.2 mph to help scooter novices get used to riding, whilst more experienced scooterists can click to throttle or cruise mode straight off the bat, hitting 10 mph.

Ninebot Zing E10 Button to Change Riding Mode

The E10 also features a high-performance handbrake system that sends a burst of energy to the battery every time the electronic recovery brake (EBS) is activated. This means that every time your child brakes, they’re helping to extend their battery for a little longer. In addition, the E10 also comes with a rear foot brake, to help them come to an abrupt stop should they need to.

Other than the increased speed limit, the E10 channels a more grown-up feel than the E8. Rather than the pastel colors of the E8, it’s available in a smart matt grey, accented with electric-blue. There’s nothing toy-like about this scooter, although it still comes with all the same safety features like the anti-skid silicone foot deck and matching handlebar grips.

Added to this, it’s able to take a heavier load than the E8, which can carry up to 132 lbs, making it much better suited to older riders. Saying this, this scooter is pretty inflexible when it comes to growth spurts. The handlebar height is fixed, which could be problematic if your child suddenly shoots up.

Similar to many Ninebot scooters, the E10 is made from the brand’s preferred aerospace-grade aluminum alloy. As I’ve mentioned before, this stuff is extremely tough and is designed to resist challenging conditions so you won’t have to worry about it breaking anytime soon.

As well as being extra-durable, aluminum alloy is also very lightweight. The E10 weighs just 18.7 lbs so it’s easily manageable for younger riders. Like the E8, it also folds easily so you can store it out of sight when it’s not in use, or chuck it in the back of your trunk if you’re venturing further afield as a family.

Segway Zing E10 Folded and Being Carried

Speaking of venturing further afield, the E10 has a maximum range of 6.2 miles, which is the same as that of the E8. This is fine for local outings and explorations, but older children might find this a bit restrictive if they want to ride their scooter to and from school.

Although your child might need to stick closer to home when they’re riding the E10, there aren’t many types of urban terrain it can’t handle. It comes with patented anti-skid rubber tires that are ideal if you want to avoid flat tires and the front shock absorber helps to soak up any little bumps they might accidentally ride across. As a result, the E10 can handle smooth pavement as well as light areas of grass, dirt, and sand.

Ninebot ZING E10 Anti-Skid Tires

Similar to the E8, the E10 doesn’t feature any built-in lighting, sporting the same rear reflective sticker as seen on its younger brother. This is fine if your child isn’t likely to be caught out riding after dark, however, if there’s any chance they might be, I’d recommend purchasing additional lighting to make them extra visible.

Given that the E8 and the E10 are so similar, it’s no surprise that this scooter is only $10 more than the slower alternative, costing $229.99. As a result, it’s ideal if you’re looking for a kids’ scooter that boasts as many features as this one does, but that can support a heavier rider. The extra burst of speed is also a lovely bonus that’s sure to get them racing their friends around the neighborhood.

ZING E10: Alternative

The GoTrax GKS Lumios is the new kids' electric scooter from GoTrax, the brand that has become synonymous with quality budget scooters.

Following the popularity of the GKS, the predecessor to the Lumios, GoTrax carried over everything great about its first kids' electric scooter and added some extra features to make it an excellent top-contender. The Lumios has a child-friendly speed limit of 7.5 mph, a safety start and braking technology that ensures the scooter will never take off without your child having both feet on the deck, and adjustable height handlebars so it can keep up with growth spurts.

Plus, with its sound build quality, the GKS Lumios can support up to 154 lbs, and the newly improved battery can deliver up to 4.8 miles of ride time. The cherry on top of the cake is that it retails for just $129.99.

3. Segway ZING E12

Segway ZING E12

Best for 13-14 Year Olds

The Zing E12 is very similar to the E10, with an added boost of power bringing the top speed up to 11.2 mph. It has the same top-quality construction as other scooters by Segway Ninebot, however, the limited range might mean older children outgrow this scooter faster than you’d like.

$249.99

Children grow up, and as they do, so do their expectations of what their favorite gadget should be able to do. If that sounds like someone you know, take a look at the Zing E12, the newest in the kids’ Ninebot range and successor to the E10. This scooter is recommended for children up to the age of 14.

Much of the E12 matches that of the E10, so let’s take a closer look at some of those similarities. Like its younger brother, the E12 channels a sleek, grown-up look that will appeal to riders who are keen to break away from babyish gadgets. Available in smart grey with a zesty, orange deck trim, and matching wheel details, the E12 is well-suited to any tech-hungry teen.

Segway Ninebot ZING E12 Frame

The E12 delivers around 6.2 miles of fun on a single charge, which will suit your child well if they don’t have overly far to go. However, as I mentioned when reviewing the E10, this range may feel quite restrictive as your child gets older and wants to go further with their friends.

Luckily, it only takes 4 hours to hit a full recharge, so riders won’t need to wait a long time to get back out on the road. Plus, if worst comes to worst, the E12 can function as a manual kick scooter in case the battery runs out unexpectedly.

There are a couple of ways to extend the range on the E12, for example, by riding in the slower safety setting which caps the top speed at 6.2 mph. However, if you’re planning to buy this for an older child, or you’re a teenager looking for a scooter for yourself, I can’t imagine sticking at such a low speed for a long time will be all that enjoyable.

A great alternative to the ZING E12 is the Hiboy NEX. It has a top speed of 13 mph and 13 miles to match, which is more than double the range of the E12. With its robust build, the NEX will last the test of time as well as delivering a reliable ride.

Segway Ninebot ZING E12 Rear Brake

Additionally, the E12 comes with a regenerative brake which provides a burst of recycled energy from the wheels every time the hand lever is pulled. This won’t extend the range by much, but it’ll add an extra boost now and again. Alongside this, the E12 features a rear fender brake to bring riders to a halt quickly.

When it comes to comfort, you can expect the same high standard as seen on the other two scooters in the Ninebot kids’ range. The anti-skid tubeless tires and front shock absorbers allow riders to take on a variety of road surfaces, including grass, dirt, and sand. However, the E12 won’t be able to handle very rough roads or cobblestones, so I’d recommend steering clear of these.

Segway Ninebot ZING E12 Front Shock Absorber & Solid Rubber Tire

As you might have noticed, the E12 and the E10 are almost identical in many ways, but there are two key areas where you’ll see a difference: speed and price. The E12 will appeal to older or more experienced riders because of the fact it can reach a top speed of 11.2 mph, which is just slightly faster than the E10. It’s sure to get the adrenaline flowing that little bit faster, producing big smiles all around when your child clicks into turbo mode and lets loose on the throttle.

Because of the added speed, the E12 is a bit pricier than its younger siblings, costing $249.99. Given the specs on offer, you can find a scooter that goes faster and further, particularly for riders closer to 14 years old, however, you might not get the same build quality that comes with the Ninebot name. Another great non-Ninebot alternative is the GoTrax GXL V2 – it goes 15.5 mph, has 12 miles range, and costs just $269.99.

Made from Ninebot’s favored aluminum alloy composite, the E12 is incredibly durable and is tough enough to deal with everyday knocks and bruises. As well as being strong, it’s also very lightweight, meaning the scooter only weighs 18.7 lbs. It can support riders up to 132 lbs, whilst still being sleek and compact enough to carry and store easily.

Segway Ninebot ZING E12 Folded & Being Carried

Sadly, the E12 doesn’t come with any inbuilt lighting and instead features a rear reflective sticker like the E8 and E10. This is disappointing on a scooter geared towards older children, as they’re more likely to find themselves riding after dark. If this is the case, you’ll need to purchase additional lighting to make the E12 safe.

There’s a lot about the E12 your children are sure to love, not least of all the pacey top speed and stylishly cool exterior. You can also rely on this scooter to score top marks in durability thanks to the high-quality materials used and Segway’s excellent reputation for flawless construction. The E12 is perfect if you want to pick a scooter that can stick with your 8-year-old through to their early teenage years, however, they may grow out of it faster than you’d like due to the limited range and lack of inbuilt lighting.

ZING E12: Alternatives

The Hiboy NEX has a top speed of 13 mph and 13 miles to match, which is more than double the range of the E12. With its robust build, the NEX will last the test of time as well as delivering a reliable ride. The Hiboy NEX costs $249.00.

Alternatively, if you want a scooter that packs more punch, the GoTrax GXL V2 will be perfect for you. It goes 15.5 mph, has a 12-mile range, and costs just $269.99.

Further Information:

GoTrax GXL V2 Review

By Type (Cheap, Foldable, Fast etc)

Cheapest

Folding, Light & Portable

  1. Ninebot ZING E8 (For Kids) – Weighs 17.6 lbs and has folded dimensions of 34.4 × 13.2 × 12.6 inches.
  2. Ninebot ES2 (For Adults) – Weighs 27.6 lbs and has folded dimensions of 45 × 17 × 16 inches

Commuting

  1. Ninebot Max – Excellent scooter for long commutes thanks to its extended range of 40.4 miles and a top speed of 18.6 mph.
  2. Ninebot ES4  – A great all-rounder that is fast, portable, and has a decent range of 28 miles.
  3. Ninebot ES2 – Very similar to the ES4, but better suited to those with shorter distances to travel thanks to its range of 15.5 mph.

Longest Range

  1. Ninebot Max – 40.4 miles
  2. Ninebot ES4 – 28 miles
  3. ZING E10 (For Kids)  – 6.2 miles

Further Information:

Long Range Electric Scooters

Big Wheels

  1. Ninebot Max – 10-inch pneumatic tires
  2. Ninebot E22 – 9-inch solid tires filled with PU foam
  3. ZING E10 (For Kids)  – 8 front and 7.5 rear inch solid rubber tires

Further Information:

Electric Scooters with Big Wheels

Heavy Adults

  1. All Adults Models – Can support up to 220 lbs
  2. ZING E10 (For Kids)  / ZING E12 (For Kids) – Can support up to 132 lbs

Optional Seat Attachment

  1. Ninebot Max – Available for $119.99
  2. Ninebot ES4 / Ninebot ES2 – Available for $119.99

Further Information:

Best Electric Scooters with a Seat

FAQs

Which Segway Scooter is the Best?

The best overall scooter for adults is the Ninebot ES4. It’s an affordable all-rounder that comes out on top for speed, range, portability, and build quality.

For young kids (6-10), I’d recommend the ZING E8. Not only does it look cool, but it’s easy to carry and comes with three ride settings designed to help children become more confident riders. For older children (11-13), I’d recommend the ZING E12.

How Much Are Segway Scooters?

The price of a Segway Ninebot scooter depends on which model you go for. For adults, scooters range from $499.99 (for the Ninebot E22) to $849.99 (for the Ninebot Max). If you’re buying an electric scooter for a child, expect to pay between $219.99 (for the ZING E8) and $249.99 (for the ZING E12).

How Fast Does a Ninebot Scooter Go?

It depends on your model of choice. The Ninebot Max and ES4, both of which are designed for adults, can reach 18.6 mph, whereas the ZING E8, designed for young children, has a top speed of 8.6 mph, although it also features a safety mode that further caps this at 6.2 mph.

What is the Fastest Ninebot Scooter?

This title can be awarded to both the Ninebot Max and the ES4, both of which can reach a top speed of 18.6 mph.

For kids scooters, the fastest is the ZING E12, which can travel at 11.2 mph.

Can I Ride My Segway Ninebot in the Rain?

All of the adult Ninebot scooters come with a waterproof rating of either IPX4 or IP54. This means they are designed to withstand light showers or splashing, however, this protection does not extend to heavier rainfall. As a general rule, I would advise against riding in the rain. Not only does it increase the risk of your scooter becoming damaged, but you could also lose traction and fall.

How Long Does it Take to Charge Segway Ninebot?

The charging speed depends on the battery size and range on offer. The Ninebot Max has a maximum range of 40.4 miles and will take around 6 hours to fully recharge, whereas the scooters in the Ninebot Kids’ range will take an average of 4 hours to repower.

The post Best Segway-Ninebot Electric Scooters appeared first on Electric Scooter Insider.

]]>
Best Boys Electric Scooters (6-18 Years Old) https://www.electricscooterinsider.com/en-gb/boys-electric-scooters/ Sat, 16 Jan 2021 15:22:44 +0000 http://www.electricscooterinsider.com/boys-electric-scooters/ There’s nothing more exciting than buying an electric scooter, either for yourself or for your little boy. However, it can be nerve-wracking when it’s their first scooter — you want to make sure it’s the right one. Well, you’ve come to the right place. I’ve selected 9 scooters that I think are ideal for boys […]

The post Best Boys Electric Scooters (6-18 Years Old) appeared first on Electric Scooter Insider.

]]>

There’s nothing more exciting than buying an electric scooter, either for yourself or for your little boy. However, it can be nerve-wracking when it’s their first scooter — you want to make sure it’s the right one.

Well, you’ve come to the right place. I’ve selected 9 scooters that I think are ideal for boys between the ages of 6 and 18 years old. I’ve reviewed them all, focusing on how fast and how far they go, what they look like, and how much they weigh so that you can select the perfect one.

GoTrax GKS

Best for 6-8 Year Olds

The perfect scooter for younger riders. The GKS makes for an exciting ride, whilst also being safe and affordable. Available in five different colors, it’ll bring a smile to your little boy’s face and his friends will be lining up around the block to have a turn. Plus, at $99.99, it’s a steal.

Read full review

$99.99 $119.99

Ninebot ZING E8

Best for 9-10 Year Olds

Whether your child is an electric scooter novice or has ridden before, the Zing E8 has a setting to suit them. Available in either pink or blue, it features a top speed of 8.6 mph, as well as inbuilt shock absorbers, and a triple braking system. However, it is on the pricey side, costing $219.99 thanks to the careful design and the reputation that comes with a scooter made by Segway and Ninebot.

Read full review

Ninebot ZING E10

Best for 11-12 Year Olds

An upgraded version of the E8, the Zing E10 is perfect for slightly older riders thanks to its faster speed and higher weight limit. It can reach a top speed of 10 mph but still features the same 3 rider settings as the E8 for optimum rider safety. This scooter feels more grown-up without losing all of the elements that make the E8 such good fun.

Read full review

Hiboy NEX

Best for 13-14 Year Olds

This is the perfect scooter if you’re looking for a bit more independence at the weekends and during the week. The faster speed and extended range make it ideal for commuting to and from school, but it’s not all about function. This scooter also looks great and will suit a variety of teenage styles.

Read full review

GoTrax XR Elite

Best for 15-16 Year Olds

The Elite is the perfect match for young adults thanks to its top speed of 15.5 mph and an extended range of 18.6 miles. It’ll give you the independence you’ve been craving without doing any serious damage to your bank account. Considering it features pneumatic tires, dual brakes, and an excellent lighting setup, it’s a bargain at just $359.99.

Read full review

$359.99 $399.00

Turboant X7 Pro

Best for 17-18 Year Olds

The best scooter for under $500. An excellent budget scooter that pairs range (30 miles) and speed (20 mph) with sturdy build and durability. If you’re after a commuter scooter that doesn’t break the bank but comes with a healthy list of top-quality features, you can’t go wrong with the X7 Pro.

Read full review

$499.98 $699.98

Read my full reviews and see the runner-ups for each age bracket below:

How We Conduct & Support Our Electric Scooter Research:

To support our rigorous scooter review and editorial process, we rely on affiliate commissions. These are at no cost to you.

If you read our guides and reviews, find a scooter that you like, and click through to the retailer then we may earn a commission. We only earn a commission if you purchase a scooter and are happy with it. If you decide that you don’t like it and return it, we don’t earn a commission.

Our work is independent and impartial. Retailers and manufacturers do not influence our reviews. This is extremely important to us as our mission is to help you find your perfect scooter.

Read more about our four core values, the scooter review process, editorial policy, and how Electric Scooter Insider is supported.

We are now on Instagram! You'll find...
If you've found value from our reviews and guides we'd really appreciate it if you could follow us – @electricscooterinsider.

6-8 Years Old​

1. GoTrax GKS

GoTrax GKS
Best for 6-8 Year Olds
The perfect scooter for younger riders. The GKS makes for an exciting ride, whilst also being safe and affordable. Available in five different colors, it’ll bring a smile to your little boy’s face and his friends will be lining up around the block to have a turn. Plus, at $99.99, it’s a steal.
$99.99 $119.99

If your little boy has outgrown his push scooter and wants something a bit more exciting, the GoTrax GKS is the perfect entry to the world of children’s electric scooters. It’s ideal for younger riders between 6 and 8 years old.

I can guarantee the GKS will deliver hours of fun thanks to its 150W motor, which allows it to reach a top speed of 7.5 mph. This pace is just fast enough to make for a thrilling and fun ride, but not too quick that your little one could lose control and take a spill.

GoTrax GKS Rear Wheel and Fender

This scooter is specifically designed to keep your little boy safe thanks to its safe start system. The GKS features two buttons on its foot deck. To get going, he will need to place his foot on the front button and kick to go, before placing his other foot on the back button to engage the motor.

When he wants to come to a halt, all he needs to do is remove his foot from the back button to kill the motor to slow down gradually. If he wants to come to a faster stop, he can press down on the rear fender brake to slow down completely. This means your little one can control the scooter’s speed and movement just with his feet.

GoTrax GKS Deck and Safety Start Technology

It also means he’ll never accidentally accelerate forward. The assisted safe start system prevents the scooter from moving before your child is completely ready and balanced. This means there’s less chance he’ll be caught unawares so he won’t fall off and hurt himself.

Once your child gets going on the GKS, it might be a bit of a struggle to get them off, especially because its battery can last for up to 4 miles of travel time. This is ideal for neighborhood adventures or family rides to the park. The 6-inch solid rubber tires are also particularly good for this as they’re ideal for cruising over smooth pavement, and can even handle grassy excursions too.

GoTrax GKS Front Wheel

When it comes to recharging, the GKS takes between 5 and 7 hours to reach the full battery, which is on the long side. Luckily, it still functions as a manual kick scooter if the juice does run out mid-ride.

There’s no doubt the GKS ticks all the boxes when it comes to safety and functionality, but that’s not all. It looks great too. It’s available in five dual-tone color combinations, including eye-catching pink, cool blue, and lime-green. Alongside this, you’ll also find an anti-slip tread pattern on the foot deck to keep them balanced at all times.

Despite being designed for younger children, the GKS can support a load weight of up to 154 lbs thanks to its durable build quality. This means it’ll last your little boy for many years, supporting him as he goes through all those growth spurts to come.

GoTrax GKS Grippy Handlebars

Even though it’s designed to deal with a heavier load, the GKS is very lightweight. It weighs just 17.8 lbs, making it ideal for small hands to lift and maneuver. Unfortunately, however, it isn’t foldable. This might cause issues if you don’t have a lot of space in which to store it or you need to transport it in the trunk of your car.

This scooter is ideal for those little boys looking for something more exciting than your run-of-the-mill kick scooter. Its top speed sets a great pace for younger riders who are just learning to ride and it’ll bring hours of amusement. Plus, for $99.99, it’s a bargain too.

9-10 Years Old

1. Segway ZING E8

Segway ZING E8
Best for 9-10 Year Olds
Whether your child is an electric scooter novice or has ridden before, the Zing E8 has a setting to suit them. Available in either pink or blue, it features a top speed of 8.6 mph, as well as inbuilt shock absorbers, and a triple braking system. However, it is on the pricey side, costing $219.99 thanks to the careful design and the reputation that comes with a scooter made by Segway and Ninebot.
$219.99

Segway-Ninebot is one of the most well-respected scooter brands, but you’ll be pleased to know they don’t just make scooters for adults, they make some pretty awesome models for children too, like the Zing E8. This is a super fun option for children between the ages of 9 and 10, who want their scooter to come with some extra cool, techy features.

Firstly, the E8 takes the speed up a notch from the modest pace offered by the GoTrax GKS. It features a similarly sized 130W motor but can reach up to 8.6 mph and climb hills with a 7% incline grade. It’s perfect if your son wants to go a little faster. However, if he’s not quite ready for that yet, the E8 features three different riding modes (safety, cruise, and throttle) so he can pick the appropriate one for his level.

Segway Zing E8 Side Profile

Safety mode is ideal for beginners because this caps the top speed at 6.2 mph, so your little boy can get used to riding before he dials up the speed. Cruise and throttle both unlock the faster speed of 8.6 mph, however with the former, riders just need to kick to get going and the scooter will maintain speed. The harder you kick, the faster you go. Alternatively, riders can control their pace with the use of the throttle, ‘driving’ the scooter by pressing on the ergonomic thumb pad.

No matter what speed setting your little boy opts for, the E8’s brakes will help him to control the scooter and bring it to a safe stop. This scooter comes with a dual braking system, featuring an electric and mechanical brake, both of which can be operated through the handbrake, as well as a rear foot brake. The combination of all three means that riders can slow down safely whenever they need to.

Segway Zing E8 Power Button and Rear Fender

Similar to the GoTrax GKS, the E8 features two solid rubber tires that are protected against flats as well as being tough enough to resist daily wear and tear. However, this scooter also comes with an additional front shock absorber, to make sure that its ride quality is as comfortable as can be. Not only does this make for smooth riding over sidewalks, but it also means your little one will be able to ride their scooter over grass, dirt, and sand too.

Segway Zing E8 Front Tire and Shock Absorber

As a result, the E8 is the perfect companion for neighborhood exploration, and thanks to its top range of 6.2 miles, it’ll have plenty of juice to power through those fun adventures. It also comes with a smart battery management system that prevents the battery from overheating, maintaining its condition for longer.

The E8 is safe and speedy but looks great too. Available in gentle baby pink or powder blue, this scooter is definitely a head-turner. Its frame is made from a durable aluminum alloy so it’s very hardwearing, however, it does have a smaller weight limit than that of the GKS. The E8 can only support up to 110 lbs, so you’ll find that your little one might outgrow it faster.

A big advantage of this scooter is that it can handle daily wear and tear, but is still extremely lightweight. Weighing just 17.6 lbs, it’s easy for small hands to manage, and the low foot deck means that riders have increased control over its movements. Even better, it’s foldable, so can be easily stored at the back of a closet or thrown in the trunk of a car.

Segway Zing E8 Folded in Trunk

There’s no doubt that the E8 is well-suited to older children, but all of its added features and careful design specs come at a price. It currently costs $219.99, which is over $100 more than the GoTrax GKS. However, given what’s on offer and the awesome reputation of Segway-Ninebot, I think the bigger price tag is worth it. It’ll keep your little boy occupied for hours and I can guarantee you won’t be able to wipe the smile off his face.

11-12 Years Old

1. Segway ZING E10

Segway ZING E10
Best for 11-12 Year Olds
An upgraded version of the E8, the Zing E10 is perfect for slightly older riders thanks to its faster speed and higher weight limit. It can reach a top speed of 10 mph but still features the same 3 rider settings as the E8 for optimum rider safety. This scooter feels more grown-up without losing all of the elements that make the E8 such good fun.
$229.99

If you thought the ZING E8 was cool, but your son is older than 10, don’t sweat it. Segway-Ninebot brings you the E10. It has all the same quality of its younger sibling (the E8) but is better suited to children between 11 and 12.

The main difference between the two is that the E10 is built to support a bigger load limit than the E8. It can carry riders of up to 132 lbs, making it more appropriate for older riders. Despite that, it’s still constructed from the same lightweight aluminum alloy so, at 18.7 lbs, it’s easy to lift and carry. It also folds down into a compact package, perfect for storing.

As well as being able to support heavier riders, the E10 also has a higher top speed. Its 150W motor can reach 10 mph which is perfect for 11 and 12-year-olds looking for a ride with more fun and excitement on offer. Like the E8, it can handle hills with a 7% incline grade and is also equipped with the same three riding modes: safety, cruise, and throttle.

Ninebot Zing E10 Button to Change Riding Mode

These three settings are part of what makes these scooters ideal for both beginners and experienced young riders. The selection allows them to either ride at a slower speed, kick up to a comfortable cruise, or hit the throttle for top speeds. The E10 comes with the same dual brakes and rear foot brake as seen on the E8, so no matter what pace your son is going, he’ll be able to stop whenever he needs to.

The E10 is also equipped with a lithium-ion battery and robust battery management system allowing the scooter to reach up to 6.2 miles on a single charge. This is perfect for exploration closer to home, however, older riders might find this restrictive if they want to go further afield or use their electric scooter to get to and from school.

Ninebot ZING E10 Anti-Skid Tires

Another feature it shares with its younger brother is its patented anti-skid tires. These are made from solid rubber so you’ll never have to worry about the fiddly business of replacing a tire. They’re also perfectly suited to riding across smooth sidewalks, however, the inclusion of a front shock absorber means your little adventurer will be able to ride comfortably on dirt and sand as well as through grass too.

There’s no doubt that the E10 is a more mature scooter. Gone are the pastel colors of the ZING E8, instead replaced with a grownup matt-grey exterior featuring subtle blue accents better-suited to an older rider. Despite appearances, the E10 is made of the same sturdy stuff as its younger brother, so you’ll still be able to rely on this scooter to have an excellent build quality and an IPX4 waterproof rating which protects from splashing water, no matter the direction.

Ninebot Zing E10 Deck

Unsurprisingly, the E10 is pricier than the ZING E8, but only by $20, costing $229.99. As I’ve mentioned before, the increased price tag accounts for the fact that this scooter is produced by a brand with an awesome reputation — your money pays for the luxury of buying a reliable scooter from a trusted name. This aside, the E10 delivers on speed, safety, and style as well as being an all-around fun ride. What more could you or your preteen want?

13-14 Year Olds

1. Hiboy NEX

Hiboy NEX
Best for 13-14 Year Olds
This is the perfect scooter if you’re looking for a bit more independence at the weekends and during the week. The faster speed and extended range make it ideal for commuting to and from school, but it’s not all about function. This scooter also looks great and will suit a variety of teenage styles.
$269.00

If you’re looking for a scooter that can still deliver a ton of fun but doesn’t look childish or toy-like, the Hiboy NEX fits perfectly into this category. It combines practicality with excitement to bring you a scooter perfect for teenagers.

Firstly, it’s clear that this scooter is made for an older rider. It has a more mature aesthetic, with a cool black exterior and subtle Hiboy branding, making for a sleek and stylish ride. This will appeal to a variety of riders and you’ll turn heads as you cruise by.

Hiboy NEX Frame

This isn’t all the NEX has to offer. Thanks to its 250W it can reach a top speed of 13 mph and ride up hills with a 15% incline grade. This is fast enough to challenge the pace of a normal bike but isn’t too fast you’ll worry about staying in control. It even comes with two settings, beginner and advanced, so you can choose the appropriate level for your riding experience.

The inclusion of a dual brake system also helps less confident riders to manage their speed. The NEX features a rear foot brake and a handbrake-operated electronic brake. Using one will slow the scooter down smoothly and gradually, whereas both will allow you to stop more abruptly.

Hiboy NEX Deck

The NEX’s speed also makes it more appropriate for a school commute, alongside the 13-mile range which is double that of the ZING E8 and E10. Not only does this mean you can ditch the school bus, but it also gives you more freedom at the weekends to go further with your friends. When it does run out of battery, you’ll have to wait between 4 and 6 hours for it to recharge.

One of the NEX’s standout features is that it comes with two bright headlights. Most scooters for younger riders don’t come with any lighting, but this is a must if you’re likely to find yourself out after dark. The lights will help you see the road before you, although I’d recommend purchasing additional lighting to increase your overall visibility.

Hiboy NEX Handlebar Display

The NEX also comes with an LED dashboard, which is another feature that sets it apart from scooters designed for younger children as these rarely come with an inbuilt display. From here, you’ll be able to monitor your speed and battery as well as adjusting some of the scooter’s base settings such as switching between zero and kick-start modes. Even better, you’ll find the controls to operate the cruise control, meaning you can take your thumb off the throttle and relax on longer journeys.

Weighing 25 lbs, the NEX is easy to lift and carry and it also folds down in just two seconds, so can be stored quickly and efficiently. This means it’s easy to take on public transport should you need to hop on the subway or catch the bus.

Hiboy NEX Folded

The NEX is cooler, faster, and it can go further, and for $275, you get a lot for your money. It’s ideal for riders who want to ditch the school bus and make their way to school. Plus, it will give you a level of independence at the weekends. With its robust build, the NEX will last the test of time as well as delivering a reliable ride daily.

2. Hiboy S2 Lite

Hiboy S2 Lite
This is an alternative to the NEX that still offers the same top speed of 13 mph, perfect for student commuting and weekend socializing. It might have a shorter range than the NEX but the S2 Lite comes in white, black, or pink, letting you choose your style.
$269.00 $299.00

The NEX isn’t the only scooter in Hiboy’s arsenal. The S2 Lite is also a great choice. It might be made by the same brand, but there are a few key differences that set the NEX and the S2 Lite apart.

The most obvious one is that the S2 Lite is available in a variety of different colors, so you don’t just have to settle for the standard black option. Instead, you can choose between a pink, white, or black paint job to suit your personal preference.

The second biggest difference is that the S2 Lite can keep going for 10.6 miles on a single charge. This is less than the NEX’s 13 miles but there isn’t much in it. Both are ideal for local weekend adventures or short school commutes. A bonus of the S2 Lite’s smaller range is that it houses a slightly smaller battery, meaning the S2 Lite isn’t as heavy as the NEX, weighing just 21 lbs. It’s extremely portable and the easy folding system means you can store it out of sight when it’s not in use.

Hiboy S2 Lite Folded

Despite being lightweight, the S2 Lite can support riders of up to 180 lbs, and its frame is designed to resist the abuse of everyday riding. This is because, as with the majority of electric scooters, it’s made from a top-quality aluminum alloy often used in aviation construction. As a result, it’s extra durable and won’t fall apart mid-ride so you’ll feel secure at all times.

The 250W motor will deliver a satisfyingly speedy pace of 13 mph, as well as allowing you to ride up most urban hills, although particularly steep ones will pose a challenge. The S2 Lite also comes with two riding modes: beginner and advanced. This latter setting will be useful in helping you up those more ambitious hills, but it also means you can find a speed you’re comfortable with, regardless of whether you’re a new rider or a seasoned pro.

In addition to the two gears, you can moderate your speed by using the double braking system. The S2 Lite comes with a front electric anti-lock brake and a rear foot brake for smooth and consistent braking power. Once you get the hang of the rear brake, you’ll be able to bring yourself to a safe stop in quick succession whenever you need to.

Hiboy S2 Lite Rear Wheel and Tail Light

This scooter is designed for an urban environment and has been built for optimum performance on flat and smooth surfaces. This is because it features 6.5-inch solid tires that are better suited to pavement and asphalt. After all, they provide a limited amount of shock absorption. A major bonus of solid tires, however, is that they’re flat-resistant so you can wave goodbye to pesky punctures and inconvenient tire changes. This being said, I’d advise keeping well away from rough terrain as it won’t make for a very comfortable ride, especially since there are no shock absorbers.

Hiboy S2 Lite Front Tire and Deck

Like the NEX, the S2 Lite comes with a digital display in the center of the handlebars where you can keep an eye on your riding stats with a single glance as well as switching between gears and initiating that handy cruise control feature.

Next to this is a button to operate the headlights. These are a crucial safety feature that you rarely find on scooters for younger riders. If you do find yourself riding at night, the stem of the scooter also glows in the dark, giving you added visibility although I’d still recommend purchasing additional lighting to be on the safe side.

15-16 Year Olds

1. GoTrax XR Elite

GoTrax XR Elite
Best for 15-16 Year Olds
The Elite is the perfect match for young adults thanks to its top speed of 15.5 mph and an extended range of 18.6 miles. It’ll give you the independence you’ve been craving without doing any serious damage to your bank account. Considering it features pneumatic tires, dual brakes, and an excellent lighting setup, it’s a bargain at just $359.99.
$359.99 $399.99

GoTrax is famous for designing awesome budget scooters with a ton of high-quality features at shockingly low prices. The XR Elite is arguably the star of their low-cost range and is packed with impressive specs that will make you the envy of your friends.

This scooter is perfect if you’re looking for something that can go faster and further. Its 300W motor solidifies its position as a more serious machine and allows the XR Elite to reach a top speed of 15.5 mph. This kind of motor and torque will let you climb hills with a 15% incline grade.

GoTrax XR Elite Frame

Because of the more powerful drive-train, acceleration on the XR Elite is on the faster side too. It’s not so quick as to be unsafe but it is zippy enough that you’ll be able to keep up with other bike lane users when you’re out and about.

GoTrax XR Elite Handlebars

To combat the extra speed on the Elite, GoTrax has fitted it with an excellent set of dual brakes to keep riders safe at all times. It features a rear disc brake and a front electronic brake that work in tandem to bring riders to a stop as quickly as possible. Disc brakes are one of the best types of braking mechanisms out there. Not only is this super rare to see on a scooter this cheap, but you also know that this is a braking system you can rely on.

GoTrax XR Elite Disc Brake

What sets the XR Elite apart from other scooters in this price bracket is its extended range of 18.6 miles which is the longest on any GoTrax budget scooter. This is ideal if you have a long journey to school in the morning or want to stay out longer with friends at the weekend. You won’t have to worry about running out of juice mid-ride, plus the Elite only takes 3 to 4 hours to fully recharge. Even better, it comes fitted with a battery protection system, meaning this scooter is protected against overheating and overcharging.

The good news doesn’t stop there, though. For a scooter that costs less than $400, the Elite delivers surprisingly good ride quality. It comes with 8.5-inch air-filled tires that provide extra shock absorption. With pneumatic tires, there is an increased risk of getting flats, but the extra traction and damping they generate outweigh this, especially because the Elite doesn’t come with any inbuilt suspension.

GoTrax XR Elite 8.5 Inch Air-Filled Tires

As a result of this, I’d recommend sticking to well-maintained, smooth roads. The pneumatic tires will cushion the impact of light off-road terrain, like parks, but rough surfaces will be uncomfortable and jarring.

Many of the cheaper budget options cut a lot of corners to drive the overall price of the scooter down. Usually, one of the first things to feel the impact is the lights. Luckily, the XR Elite has a headlight and rear light, both of which make you visible to other road users in the dark. Not only this, but the frame is covered in reflectors. Although I’d still recommend the addition of extra lighting, the Elite’s setup is impressive on a scooter this cheap.

Don’t let the price fool you when it comes to build quality either. The XR Elite is surprisingly sturdy and its wide-ish 6.6-inch foot deck can support riders of up to 220 lbs. It also boasts an IP54 rating which means it’ll be able to stand up to dust and light rain.

GoTrax XR Elite Deck and Stand

Luckily, the robust frame doesn’t mean the XR Elite is a monster of a machine to lift and handle. It weighs just 31.8 lbs which will be manageable for most riders. As with all portable scooters, it comes with a single-step folding mechanism, making it even more of a dream to carry when you need to.

GoTrax XR Elite Folded

I’d recommend this scooter to anyone who’s looking for a great budget option that delivers on quality but doesn’t break the bank. It can stand up to the rigors of daily riding and is ideally suited to riders who have further to travel thanks to its range of 18.6 miles, which is fairly long on a scooter that costs just $359.99.

2. GoTrax GXL V2

GoTrax GXL V2
This is, hands-down, the best budget scooter for under $300. Available in three different colors, the GXL V2 will suit any style and turn heads as you cruise past at a top speed of 15.5 mph. It has a slightly shorter range than the Elite but comes with the same top-quality pneumatic tires, dual brakes, and a sturdy build.
$269.00

If you need to keep your costs under $300, the GoTrax GXL V2 is a great alternative to XR Elite. It features everything its more expensive brother does but with a few small compromises to bring the price down to an astonishing $269.99.

The big question is, is it still going to bring a smile to your face?

You bet it is.

GoTrax GXL V2 Frame

Before we even dig into the specs that the GXL V2 has to offer, let’s talk about style. Most adult scooters are available in muted shades such as charcoal or black. Although this color scheme has a certain appeal to it, it’s not for everyone. That’s why, in addition to standard black, the GXL V2 is available in bubblegum-pink or sophisticated-white. You can choose the shade that suits your personality best before getting ready to turn heads as you cruise through the center of town.

GoTrax GXL V2 Handlebar Stem

So it looks good, but what about its performance? I don’t think you’ll be disappointed here either. The biggest difference between the XR Elite and the GXL V2 lies in the range on offer, with the V2 giving riders 12 miles of travel time on a single charge. This makes it perfect if you aren’t planning to venture too far from home and don’t need the extra mileage the pricier Elite provides. 12 miles will still get you where you need to go and allows you a taste of the independence and freedom you’re looking for.

Because it houses a smaller battery, the GXL V2 is also a lot lighter than the Elite, weighing 26.4 lbs. This makes it extra portable and easy to maneuver. Despite this, it can still support a maximum load of 220 lbs. It’s perfect for stashing on public transport if you want to venture further afield.

Like the XR Elite, it features a 250W motor that means you don’t need to compromise on the 15.5 mph top speed. The adequately responsive acceleration also allows it to scale 14% grade hills, although slopes towards the upper end do prove to be a bit too challenging for the GXL V2. This faster take-off is also crucial in helping the GXL V2 keep pace with other scooters on the road and is a large part of why it’s so popular with both adults and teens alike.

GoTrax GXL V2 Front Air-Filled Tire

Another reason for its popularity is that it’s built with rider comfort in mind. It might be a budget scooter but that doesn’t mean you need to put up with second-class ride quality. The GXL V2 comes with 8.5-inch pneumatic tires that help to keep it balanced and to absorb shocks from any uneven terrain.

Considering the V2 comes without inbuilt suspension, the wheels are vitally important in delivering a balanced and stable ride. However, they can only do so much. As a result, this scooter will ride best on smooth city paths. It can handle small potholes, but make sure you avoid the bigger ones.

Sometimes, cheaper scooters come with cheaper brakes — unfortunately, this is one of the first areas to suffer when prices need to be kept down. However, this isn’t a concern when it comes to the GXL V2. Like the XR Elite, it features a rear disc brake which is one of the most efficient braking mechanisms, second only to hydraulics. In addition to this, it also comes with a front regenerative brake which helps to slow the scooter down effectively.

GoTrax GXL V2 Disc Brake

Speaking of safety, it is equipped with a bright front headlight, perfect for riding in the dark. It increases visibility, alongside the rear reflector. Disappointingly, the GXL V2 doesn’t come with a rear light, so you’ll need to purchase an additional light to make sure you’re visible from all angles.

The headlight is easily operated from the digital display, which also shows speed and battery life. From here, you’ll also be able to access one of my favorite things about the V2: cruise control. This is perfect for when you want to maintain a constant speed — with the flick of a button, you’ll be able to sit back, relax and enjoy all the admiring stares your GXL V2’s sleek black frame will be getting.

GoTrax GXL V2 Throttle and Cruise Control Function

Pneumatic tires, a disc brake, and a sturdy, reliable build quality all for $269.99? I wouldn’t say no to that and neither would most people. This is a great option if you want to keep your costs down but still want a quality scooter. It might not have the same range as the XR Elite, but what it does have is perfect if you’re looking for a thrilling way to get out and enjoy the freedom of the city.

Further Information:

GoTrax GXL V2 Review

17-18 Year Olds

1. Turboant X7 Pro

Turboant X7 Pro
Best for 17-18 Year Olds
The best scooter for under $600. An excellent budget scooter that pairs range (30 miles) and speed (20 mph) with sturdy build and durability. If you’re after a commuter scooter that doesn’t break the bank but comes with a healthy list of top-quality features, you can’t go wrong with the X7 Pro.
$499.98 $699.98

Are you in the market for a high-speed, long-range commuter scooter? Well, feast your eyes on the black, red-accented exterior of the Turboant X7 Pro. This is the perfect entry-level scooter for 17 and 18-year-olds. But don’t be deceived — just because this is a great option for beginners, doesn’t mean it doesn’t pack a punch.

Turboant X7 Pro Unboxing & Review

A complete unboxing and review of the Turboant X7 Pro. See what the best electric scooter under $600 has to offer. From close-ups of the frame to talking through the impressive stats, this video will show you exactly what you can expect from the Turboant X7 Pro.

This is largely due to its 350W motor, which allows the X7 Pro to reach a maximum speed of 20 mph. This is a pretty significant step up from the 15.5 mph offerings of the GoTrax scooters, so it is perfect for those riders that want a bit more thrill when they hit that throttle. The increased pace also makes this an ideal choice if you’re going to be doing more road riding. I’ve done extensive road ride tests on the X7 Pro and 20 mph is perfect for urban residential roads as well as some faster inner-city routes too.

Turboant X7 Pro Frame

The extra power behind the 350W motor makes climbing hills a breeze. You’ll be able to ride up 15% inclines with confidence. This makes the X7 Pro suitable for most urban slopes, however, if you live in a particularly steep part of town, it will struggle on the more serious hills. Make sure you put the scooter into sport mode rather than beginner or eco when attempting challenging climbs as this will help you build up more torque and traction to get you up and over the top.

Turboant X7 Pro Handbrake

To counter its faster pace, the X7 Pro is equipped with an excellent triple braking system. This consists of an electronic brake to slow the motor as well as a disc brake and rear foot brake. When you use these together, you’ll be able to bring this scooter to a stop within just 5 meters.

Turboant X7 Pro Rear Wheel and Disc Brake

In addition to a higher speed, the X7 Pro also boasts an impressive maximum range of 30 miles. This is almost double what the likes of the GoTrax XR Elite can offer and is ideal for riders with long commutes, or for those of you that don’t like having to charge your scooter very often. When you do come to recharging the X7 Pro, it’ll take a fairly reasonable time of 4 to 6 hours to hit the full battery.

The extended range isn’t the only thing that sets this scooter apart. It’s the nifty detachable battery. Unlike most scooters, the X7 Pro’s battery pack isn’t located in the foot deck but is attached to the side of the stem. This has plenty of advantages, including the fact that you won’t have to lug the entire scooter into the house to charge it. You can do that if you want or you can just detach the battery pack to charge separately.

Additionally, it acts as a security measure if you need to leave your scooter unattended. People are much less likely to run off with it if it doesn’t have a power source.

Turboant X7 Pro View From Above

On top of this, you have the option of extending your range by purchasing a second battery. Although 30 miles is a pretty hefty range, it still places a limit on how far you can go. By charging up a second pack and chucking it in your rucksack, you can unlock a whole fresh set of miles when the first lot runs out. Neat, right?

If you don’t need as much as 30 miles on the clock and you want to save yourself some money, check out the Turboant X7, the younger sibling of the Pro. It offers the same top Turboant quality but has a reduced mileage of 16 miles as well as slightly smaller tires. It’s only $50 cheaper though, so if you can afford to spend the extra cash, I’d recommend it.

One downside of the external battery is that it can make carrying the X7 Pro a little tricky, as it protrudes out of the stem exactly where you’d want to wrap your hand for lifting. This is a minor inconvenience as the scooter is still manageable and, at 33 lbs, it’s not overly heavy. However, it is something to bear in mind if you have small hands.

As well as delivering on speed and range, the X7 Pro is also a standout contender when it comes to rider comfort. It features luxuriously large 10-inch pneumatic tires that provide excellent shock absorption across the majority of urban surfaces. I’ve mentioned the advantages of air-filled tires before, but their bigger size makes these guys even more impressive as they can roll over larger objects as well as keeping you balanced and allowing you to generate more traction and generally go faster. Although the X7 Pro doesn’t come with any suspension, you won’t feel the lack of it too much because the tires take up so much of the slack here.

Turboant X7 Load Capacity

Another reason the X7 Pro delivers such a stable and enjoyable ride is its sturdy and reliable construction. This scooter is solid, meaning it can withstand a lot of abuse. The thick sturdy stem is reassuringly secure, with no wobble even when riding in the fastest setting. It’s no surprise it can support a maximum load of 275 lbs, making it perfect for heavier riders. It even comes with an IPX4 waterproof rating, so it won’t be damaged by some light rain.

One of the best parts of this scooter’s aesthetic is the handlebar-integrated LED display, which allows you to monitor your speed and battery. From here, you can also switch between the three ride settings, as well as operating the 3W headlight which is complemented by a rear red taillight for nighttime riding.

Turboant X7 Pro LED Display

This scooter packs a punch, especially considering it only costs $499.98. This makes it the perfect option if you’re after a scooter that can deliver on speed and range, without compromising on rider comfort or style. Without a doubt, this is the best budget scooter.

Further Information:

Best 20 MPH Electric Scooters

2. HiBoy Max V2

HiBoy Max V2
The Hiboy Max V2 is a great scooter for beginners who want to test out the benefits of using an electric scooter as a commuting option. It has a respectable top speed of 18.6 mph and can keep going for 17 miles on a single charge, however more experienced riders might find it lacking. At $409, it’s an affordable investment for scooter novices.
$409.00 $469.00

Another excellent option is the Max V2 from Hiboy. This scooter is built to be a safe and convenient transport option, whilst also delivering a dose of fun for newer riders. It’s the most full-featured out of all the Hiboy scooters, but it’s still beginner-friendly.

The most notable difference between this scooter and the Turboant X7 Pro is that it offers a smaller range of 17 miles, although it will still take between 4 and 6 hours to fully recharge. This won’t suit everyone, particularly if you have longer to go to get to work or school, but it’s a good alternative for riders who plan to stick closer to home or use public transport for part of their journey.

Hiboy Max V2 Frame

At 35 lbs, the Max V2 is heavier than the X7 Pro, but it’s still light enough that taking it onto a bus or the subway won’t be too challenging. The one-step folding mechanism also means that it won’t be awkward to store or maneuver because its folded form is quite compact and can be lifted easily.

Despite this, the Max V2 isn’t a small scooter. It actually has an increased handlebar length for a wider grip and comes with a decently sized foot deck, measuring 21.6 x 5.8 inches. This allows riders to adopt a more natural standing position, rather than having to squeeze onto a super-narrow platform. It also helps the Max V2 to support a maximum weight load of 220 lbs.

The better balance afforded by the wider handlebar will be especially important when you hit the throttle and push the Max V2’s 350W motor to its top speed of 18.6 mph. This is just slightly slower than the Turboant X7 Pro but is somewhat similar to the pace and acceleration that you would experience on a shared scooter.

The Max V2 is powerful enough that you’ll be able to ride up hills with a 15% incline grade, especially if you’re in the sport mode. Like most good commuter scooters, the Max V2 comes with two other ride settings in addition to this: beginner and normal. This is ideal for someone looking to purchase their very first electric scooter as the various settings allow you to start at a slower pace you might be more comfortable with.

Hiboy Max V2 Disc Brake

The Max V2 also comes with a good braking system which helps riders keep control over their speed. This includes a rear disc brake and a twist-grip electric brake which will bring you to a stop in seconds. Using the electric brake will also send a burst of energy to the battery to help you prolong your range and keep going for longer.

Unlike the other Hiboy models in this list, the Max V2 has been designed to deliver a more consistent ride quality across urban routes thanks to the inclusion of a single front and double rear shock absorber. These are designed to help cushion against impacts from obstacles you might come across, however, I’d still recommend sticking to smooth paths and roads for a more enjoyable ride.

Hiboy Max V2 Front Shock Absorber & Deck

This is especially important considering the Max V2 features 8.5-inch solid rubber tires. The main advantage of these lies in the fact that they are completely flat-proof and are particularly resistant to wear and tear. As a result, they’re very low-maintenance. However, they provide little to no shock absorption and also have reduced performance in wet weather.

Hiboy Max V2 Solid Rubber Tires

An area that is impressive across all Hiboy scooters is the attention they pay to their integrated lights — thankfully, the Max V2 is no different. It features a bright headlight that is suitable for nighttime riding, alongside a brake light and blue sidelights. These can be operated from the handlebars where you’ll also find a uniquely futuristic display protruding upwards. Here you can keep an eye on your riding stats, or activate cruise control by pressing on the thumb throttle for 6 seconds at 8 mph or faster.

Most scooters feature a similar setup to this, but not all of them come with an integrated mobile app as the Max V2 does. If you connect your phone to the app, you can customize your speedometer style and riding mode as well as choosing between whether the scooter functions as a kick-and-go or zero-start machine.

The beauty of the Max V2 lies in the fact that it is well-suited to novice riders who need to stick to a budget. Costing just $409, it’s decent value for money and will allow you to get a real feel for the benefits an electric scooter can bring. However, if you’re a more seasoned rider, you might find that you outgrow this scooter quite quickly and instead find yourself looking for something with a more full-featured set of specs. This aside, I’d recommend The Hiboy Max V2 if you’re looking for a good entry-level machine to help you learn the ropes.

By Type (Cheap, Foldable, Fast etc)

Cheapest

  1. GoTrax GKS – $99.99
  2. Segway ZING E8 – $219.99
  3. Segway ZING E10 – $229.99
  4. GoTrax GXL V2 – $269.00
  5. Hiboy S2 Lite – $279.00

Further Information:

Best Cheap Electric Scooters

Foldable, Light & Portable

  1. Segway ZING E8 – Weighs 17.6 lbs and has folded dimensions of 34.4 × 13.2 × 12.6 inches
  2. Segway ZING E10 – Weighs 18.7 lbs and has folded dimensions of 38.6 x 15.7 x 12.6 inches
  3. Hiboy S2 Lite – Weighs 21 lbs and has folded dimensions of 43.3 x 17.7 x 11 inches
  4. Hiboy Nex – Weighs 25 lbs and has folded dimensions of 43.3 x 17.7 x 11 inches
  5. GoTrax GXL V2 – Weighs 26.4 lbs and has folded dimensions of 15 x 44 x 6 inches

Commuting

  1. Turboant X7 Pro – Thanks to the ultra-long-range and pacey top speed, this is an ideal commuter scooter. Even better, it’s large, air-filled tires mean good shock absorption and increased traction for a smooth and comfortable ride.
  2. GoTrax XR Elite – An excellent budget option, it can keep up with other bike lane users. Its weight of 26.4 lbs makes it easy to lift and the folding mechanism makes taking it on public transport simple and convenient.
  3. HiBoy Max V2 – The perfect commuter scooter for a beginner. It delivers on portability and range, as well as offering a decent top speed for the money you pay. It’s ideal for taking that first step towards revolutionizing your daily commute.

Fastest

  1. Turboant X7 Pro – 20 mph
  2. HiBoy Max V2 – 18.6 mph
  3. GoTrax XR Elite – 15.5 mph

Longest Range

Boys electric scooters with the longest range:

  1. Turboant X7 Pro – 30 miles
  2. GoTrax XR Elite – 18.6 miles
  3. HiBoy Max V2 – 17 miles

Biggest Wheels

The best boys scooters with big wheels are:

  1. Turboant X7 Pro – 10-inch pneumatic tires
  2. GoTrax XR Elite – 8.5-inch pneumatic tires
  3. HiBoy Max V2 – 8.5-inch solid rubber tires

Further Information:

Electric Scooters with Big Wheels

The post Best Boys Electric Scooters (6-18 Years Old) appeared first on Electric Scooter Insider.

]]>
Best Girls Electric Scooters (6-18 Years Old) https://www.electricscooterinsider.com/en-gb/girls-electric-scooters/ Fri, 04 Dec 2020 21:32:23 +0000 http://www.electricscooterinsider.com/girls-electric-scooters/ If you’re searching for the perfect electric scooter for your little (or maybe not so little) girl, then you’ve come to the right place. Below you’ll find a list of the best electric scooters for girls, starting with those appropriate for riders aged 6 to 8-years-old, all the way up those for 17 and 18 […]

The post Best Girls Electric Scooters (6-18 Years Old) appeared first on Electric Scooter Insider.

]]>

If you’re searching for the perfect electric scooter for your little (or maybe not so little) girl, then you’ve come to the right place.

Below you’ll find a list of the best electric scooters for girls, starting with those appropriate for riders aged 6 to 8-years-old, all the way up those for 17 and 18 year-olds.

In the interest of convenience, I’ve capped the maximum weight of scooters included below at 26.5 lbs, but you’ll find that most of them weigh under 23 lbs. This means they can be lifted without fuss, as well as being easier to maneuver during riding.

GoTrax GKS

Best for 6-8 Year Olds

Perfect for little girls between the ages of 6 and 8, the GKS is ideal if they’ve never ridden an electric scooter before. Its top speed of 7.5 mph is exciting but also safe enough that they’ll always feel in control whilst the safe-start system makes sure they’ll never zoom off before they’re ready. Available in 5 fun color combinations, this scooter is a bargain at just $99.99.

Read full review

$99.99 $119.99

Ninebot ZING E8

Best for 9-10 Year Olds

This is the ultimate kid’s scooter from Ninebot-Segway, available in two vibrant colors and featuring a top speed of 8.6 mph. Thanks to its three different riding modes, this is a great option for beginners and experienced riders alike. Plus, thanks to the top-quality materials and sturdy build, this is a scooter you’ll be able to rely on to keep your little girl safe when she’s out and about exploring.

Read full review

Ninebot ZING E10

Best for 11-12 Year Olds

Very similar to the Ninebot ZING E8, but better suited to older riders. It has a higher top speed of 10 mph and is perfect for preteens looking for a scooter that can deliver a bit more of a thrill. Its matt-grey exterior channels a more mature vibe, however, it still comes with all the safety features that make the E8 such a great option for kids.

Read full review

Hiboy NEX

Best for 13-14 Year Olds

This scooter is great for students who are looking for a more exciting way to commute to school. Its speed, range, and cool aesthetic make it feel like a more grown-up scooter that’s perfect for those teenagers who want a bit more independence.

Read full review

INOKIM Mini

Best for 15-16 Year Olds

The INOKIM Mini is a small scooter for small riders. With the Mini, you can guarantee you’re getting high build quality thanks to the reputation of INOKIM, however, you’ll have to spend a bit more and sacrifice an extended range to get it. Despite this, the Mini’s top speed of 15 mph is enough to excite any 15 or 16-year-old and the stylish design will turn heads.

Read full review

$599.00 $799.00

Unagi Model One (Single Motor)

Best for 17-18 Year Olds

This is the ultimate tech gadget. Years of testing have delivered a sleek and stylish scooter that’ll be the talking point of your friends. It’s also one of the most durable models on the market thanks to the exotic, hardwearing materials used in its construction. Often labeled the iPhone or Tesla of the scooter world, it’s no surprise that this scooter is expensive. Available in a range of colors.

Read full review

Read my full reviews and see the runner-ups for each age bracket below:

How We Conduct & Support Our Electric Scooter Research:

To support our rigorous scooter review and editorial process, we rely on affiliate commissions. These are at no cost to you.

If you read our guides and reviews, find a scooter that you like, and click through to the retailer then we may earn a commission. We only earn a commission if you purchase a scooter and are happy with it. If you decide that you don’t like it and return it, we don’t earn a commission.

Our work is independent and impartial. Retailers and manufacturers do not influence our reviews. This is extremely important to us as our mission is to help you find your perfect scooter.

Read more about our four core values, the scooter review process, editorial policy, and how Electric Scooter Insider is supported.

We are now on Instagram! You'll find...
If you've found value from our reviews and guides we'd really appreciate it if you could follow us – @electricscooterinsider.

6-8 Years Old

1. GoTrax GKS

GoTrax GKS
Best for 6-8 Year Olds
Perfect for little girls between the ages of 6 and 8, the GKS is ideal if they’ve never ridden an electric scooter before. Its top speed of 7.5 mph is exciting but also safe enough that they’ll always feel in control whilst the safe-start system makes sure they’ll never zoom off before they’re ready. Available in 5 fun color combinations, this scooter is a bargain at just $99.99.
$99.99 $119.99

Every child, boys, and girls alike want to be the proud owner of the latest tech gadget and there’s nothing out there that fits that brief better than an electric scooter. Luckily, children as young as 6 years old can enjoy the excitement of setting foot on the GoTrax GKS.

Because it’s designed for younger riders, this is the ideal choice if your little girl is only just learning how to ride. The 150W motor powers the GKS up to a top speed of 7.5 mph which is quick enough to bring a smile to her face once she gets to grips with how the scooter works, but not too fast that she could lose control.

GoTrax GKS Grippy Handlebars

One of the reasons the GKS is so good for beginners is that it features an innovative safe-start system. This makes sure that the scooter won’t zoom off until your child is completely balanced and ready to go. It works through the use of two buttons on the foot deck. Your child must place their foot on the front button and then kick to go, before positioning their back foot on the rear button to engage the motor. This is a nifty safety feature I haven’t seen on many kid’s scooters.

GoTrax GKS Deck and Safety Start Technology

The GKS stops just as easily as it goes because the braking mechanism is linked to the button system. When your child wants to slow down, all they need to do is remove their foot from the back pressure sensor to kill the motor and then press down on the rear friction brake. This will bring the scooter to a complete halt. It’s simple and safe.

GoTrax GKS Rear Wheel and Fender

Thanks to the 6 inch solid rubber tires you can rest assured that your daughter will be able to ride over pavement and tarmac in comfort. Although this scooter doesn’t have any suspension, the tires can absorb the majority of vibrations from smooth surfaces. It’ll also be able to handle riding through grassy terrain if you’re planning to take a family picnic to the park.

GoTrax GKS Front Wheel

With a maximum range of 4 miles, the GKS is ideal for exploring neighborhood paths close to home and makes this scooter a more exciting alternative to a bike or push scooter. However, it’s important to note that it does feature a relatively long recharge time of around 5 to 7 hours. Charging it at night is one way of avoiding having to cut day time adventures short, but I can guarantee your daughter will be itching to get back on it as soon as possible. Luckily, it can also function as a manual kick scooter so the fun won’t stop when the battery runs out.

Part of what makes the GKS a child-approved favorite is the fact that it comes in 5 funky color combinations such as bubblegum pink, cool blue, and zesty lime-green to name but a few. Not only will your little girl be able to ride her scooter, but she’ll be able to do it in style, making her the envy of her friends.

Riding Pink GoTrax GKS Outside

One downside of the GKS is that it doesn’t fold which makes transporting it in your car a little tricky. Storing it at home might pose a problem if you don’t have a garage or a designated space for it to go. However, at 17.8 lbs, it’s incredibly light. This means little hands should be able to lift and maneuver it easily.

Unlike other children’s scooters, the GKS can support a pretty hefty maximum load of 154 lbs. This means that you won’t have to trade it in as soon as your daughter hits a growth spurt. Instead, it’ll support her as she grows, delivering lots of fun for years to come.

Costing $99.99, the GKS is a bargain, especially considering it’s well-built and sturdy enough to stand the test of time. It’s got everything you need to bring a smile to your little girl’s face. She’ll be the talk of her friends and you’ll have a hard time getting her away from her brand new GoTrax GKS.

9-10 Years Old

1. Segway ZING E8

Segway ZING E8
Best for 9-10 Year Olds
This is the ultimate kid’s scooter from Ninebot-Segway, available in two vibrant colors and featuring a top speed of 8.6 mph. Thanks to its three different riding modes, this is a great option for beginners and experienced riders alike. Plus, thanks to the top-quality materials and sturdy build, this is a scooter you’ll be able to rely on to keep your little girl safe when she’s out and about exploring.
$219.99

If you have more budget to spend and you want to take a step up from the GoTrax GKS, the Ninebot Zing E8 is an awesome scooter that’s perfect for slightly older kids. It has a ton of different features that make it feel more grown-up but just as fun to ride.

The Zing E8 is available in chic baby pink or cosmic indigo-blue so your little girl will be able to select the color that best suits her style.

Pink Ninebot ZING E8 Frame

This scooter isn’t just a fashion item though. Beneath the pretty painted exterior, you’ll find a frame made from extra-durable aerospace-grade aluminum. It also has a very low center of gravity and sits just 3.9” above the ground which means your child will have better control over the scooter when she’s riding. As a result, you can guarantee you’re getting one of the most well-built scooters, designed for maximum safety.

Like the GKS, the Zing E8 delivers a top speed that delivers excitement whilst also keeping riders safe. It’s fitted with a 130W motor that can deliver a maximum pace of 8.6 mph. This is slightly faster than the GKS which is part of what makes the E8 more suitable for older riders between the ages of 9 and 10.

Riding Pink Ninebot ZING E8

It comes with three different riding modes — safety, cruise, and throttle — to suit varying levels of experience. Safety is the best option for absolute beginners as this caps the speed at 6.2 mph until they’re more comfortable with how the scooter works. Cruise and throttle will both allow your child to hit the top speed of 8.6 mph, however, in cruise, all she needs to do to get started is kick and the scooter will maintain speed. The harder the kick, the faster she’ll go.

This is the same when riding in throttle mode, however, as the name suggests, she can use the responsive thumb throttle to control her speed and ‘drive’ the scooter, rather than relying on the force of her kick.

When your child wants to slow down, she can use one or all of the E8’s three braking mechanisms. This scooter features a rear fender brake as well as a regenerative braking system and a hand brake. When used together, riders can keep complete control of the scooter even when coming to an abrupt stop.

Kids on Pink Ninebot ZING E8 Scooters

Another key difference between the Zing E8 and the GKS is that the former comes with the addition of a suspension system to help deliver a smooth and comfortable riding experience. The 40 mm front shock absorber soaks up bumps from the surface below and can even handle sand and grass. It’s helped out by the high elastic solid rubber tires which are flat-proof and wear-resistant so you won’t need to worry about punctures and fiddly replacements.

With a 6.2-mile range, the Zing E8 is perfect if your daughter has the spirit of an explorer and likes to go a little further or ride a little longer. You’ll also find that this is long enough if you want to venture out together as a family, although if it does run out of battery mid-journey, it can also function as a manual kick scooter.

The Zing E8’s high-performance Lithium-ion battery is protected by a smart battery management system that helps to prevent overheating and acts as a guard against any electrical faults whilst your child is riding.

Like most children’s scooters, the Zing E8 doesn’t feature any built-in front or rear lights but instead has a reflective sticker on the rear fender. This has a high level of reflectivity and is very firmly stuck on so won’t peel off. It also comes with customizable under-deck lighting that will make your child feel like she’s zooming around on a spaceship. Despite this, I would still recommend investing in some additional attachable lighting if you think your child might be out riding after dark just to be on the safe side.

Segway Zing E8 Folded in Trunk

Weighing just 17.6 lbs, the E8 is incredibly portable and your little girl will be able to lift it easily whenever she needs to. Even better, it folds down into a very compact package so you’ll have no problems fitting it in the trunk of your car or storing it out of sight in a closet at home.

At $219.99, the Zing E8 is $120 more than the GKS, however, looking at the features on offer it's clear why. Plus, this scooter is made by one of the most well-respected brands, Ninebot-Segway, so you know that you’re investing in a scooter that is reliable and trustworthy.

11-12 Years Old

1. Segway ZING E10

Segway ZING E10
Best for 11-12 Year Olds
Very similar to the Ninebot Zing E8, but better suited to older riders. It has a higher top speed of 10 mph and is perfect for preteens looking for a scooter that can deliver a bit more of a thrill. Its matt-grey exterior channels a more mature vibe, however, it still comes with all the safety features that make the E8 such a great option for kids.
$229.99

If you have a slightly older child but like the reliability and brand recognition that comes with the Ninebot Zing E8, you’ll be pleased to know that they have a second model — the Zing E10 – that’s perfect for riders between the ages of 11 and 12 years old.

This scooter is just as popular as its younger sibling, but it channels a more grown-up vibe. Gone are the childish pastel-colored exteriors, replaced by a more serious matt-grey finish, highlighted with cool blue accents. If you’ve got a preteen that’s looking to break away from babyish toys, the E10 is sure to be a hit.

Riding the Segway Zing E10

When you look at what this scooter can do, you’ll agree that there’s nothing toy-like about it. Featuring a 150W motor, the E10 is capable of reaching a pretty nifty top speed of 10 mph. This is fast enough to deliver a thrill whilst still keeping your little girl safe. It’s also powerful enough to tackle hills with a 7% incline. This might not seem like much when compared with adult scooters, but it’s enough for your child to confidently ride around the neighborhood (providing there are no overly steep slopes).

Due to the maximum range of 6.2 miles, neighborhood riding is exactly what this scooter is made for. It’s perfect for exploring the local area with friends. Thankfully, the E10 features the same robust smart battery management system that protects the scooter’s battery from wearing out or becoming damaged. This kind of system is a mark of the quality you can expect from a brand such as Ninebot and is part of what gives these scooters such a great reputation.

Ninebot Zing E10 Deck

This isn’t the only safety feature built into the E10’s design, either. It also comes with strong brakes, featuring a high-performance handbrake system which also has an EBS recovery brake. This means that every time you pull the brake lever, the scooter sends a little burst of energy to the battery, helping to prolong the scooter’s range. It also has a rear fender foot brake so that your child can come to a more abrupt stop if they need to.

Disappointingly, the E10 still doesn’t come with a fitted front or rear light, and instead relies on reflective stickers to increase your child’s visibility. I would recommend additional lights to remedy this. On the bright side (no pun intended), it does feature the futuristic under-deck lighting that is so popular on the Zing E8.

Although this scooter is marketed for older children, it still comes with the same three riding modes that you’ll find on the E8. This is perfect for beginners or nervous riders, as they can switch to safe mode which has a 6.2 mph cap. The other two riding modes available are cruise and throttle. Throttle does exactly what it says on the tin, allowing your child to hit 10 mph and control their speed via the ergonomic thumb throttle. Cruise mode is the opposite. Your little girl can still reach 10 mph, but she’ll do it by kicking. Once the scooter is in motion, it’ll keep going without the throttle to maintain its pace so she can give her thumb a rest.

Ninebot Zing E10 Button to Change Riding Mode

The different riding modes are a handy way for riders of all levels to enjoy the E10, however, switching between them isn’t as easy as it sounds. The button to do this is located on the side of the deck by the rear wheel. This means that to change the driving style, riders must first stop the scooter to click the button. Some children might not mind this, but it could get frustrating.

The E10 comes with similar patented anti-skid tires as seen on the E8. As previously mentioned, this means you won’t need to worry about replacing them as they’ll never suffer a flat and the rubber exterior is wear-resistant. The wheels work alongside the 40mm front shock absorber, which helps to cushions against vibrations from the road and makes riding across flat surfaces or grassy areas a breeze.

Ninebot ZING E10 Anti-Skid Tires

At 18.7 lbs, the aluminum alloy frame is hardwearing but very light. It’s also easily foldable which makes carrying and storing it simple. The slim frame makes for easy lifting, but it also means the scooter can only support a load of up to 132 lbs, which might be worth bearing in mind if your child is on the older side of the 11-12 age bracket.

Segway Zing E10 Folded and Being Carried

The increase in speed and the more mature aesthetic mean that the Zing E10 is more expensive than the E8, costing $229.99. However, as with other Ninebot scooters, part of the price you pay is for the reliability and high-quality materials that come with the name. Because of this, it’s the perfect scooter for a preteen who’s too old for the E8, but not quite ready for the more ambitious teenager-appropriate scooters.

13-14 Year Olds

1. Hiboy NEX

Hiboy NEX
Best for 13-14 Year Olds
This scooter is great for students who are looking for a more exciting way to commute to school. Its speed, range, and cool aesthetic make it feel like a more grown-up scooter that’s perfect for those teenagers who want a bit more independence.
$269.00

The older children get, the more important it is to choose a scooter that can be used for exploring with their friends. However, you’ll want one that also doubles as an effective way to get around in case they want to use it for traveling to and from school. Luckily, the Hiboy NEX ticks both these boxes, and it looks good whilst doing it too.

Girl Riding the Hiboy NEX

This scooter has a surprisingly powerful 250W motor that means it’s capable of hitting higher speeds than those designed for younger children, although the two riding modes (beginner and advanced) make sure that you can choose a threshold that’s appropriate for your child’s riding abilities. When in the advanced setting, your teenager will be able to reach 13 mph which is the perfect speed to deliver an extra thrill factor, whilst also allowing them to keep up with other riders in the bike lane on their way to school. It also means this scooter has enough gusto to ride up hills with a 15% incline grade.

The NEX is perfect for students who are looking to ditch the school bus and find a better way to commute in the mornings. It has a 13-mile range, which is double that of the Ninebot ZING E8 and E10. The extra juice is better-suited to older riders who might be craving a bit more independence. When the NEX does run out of battery, it’ll only take 4-6 hours to recharge.

Hiboy NEX Deck

If you’re planning to purchase a scooter for commuting, as well as having a decent range, it also needs to have all the appropriate safety features in place. Rest assured that the NEX will do a wonderful job of getting your daughter where she needs to go whilst also keeping her safe. It comes equipped with a dual brake system, featuring a rear foot brake as well as an electronic brake to bring her to a quick stop.

Unlike scooters for younger riders, it also comes with a set of dual headlights. These are ideal for illuminating the road ahead as well as keeping your child visible to other road users. Despite this, I would still recommend purchasing additional lights to use in the rear just to be on the safe side.

The lights can be operated from the sleek LED panel located in the middle of the handlebars. This isn’t something you see on many kid’s scooters, giving the NEX a grown-up edge. From here, your child can view her speed and battery, as well as altering some of the scooter’s base settings. This includes switching between zero and kick-start modes, as well as changing from miles to kilometers. Even better, with a few clicks of a button, your daughter can initiate cruise control, meaning she can stand back and relax at a constant speed rather than having to adjust the throttle.

Hiboy NEX Handlebar Display

Weighing just 25 lbs, the NEX is easy to lift and carry thanks to its two-second folding mechanism. As a result, your child will be able to store it easily as well as tuck it away in a closet at home when it’s not in use.

Hiboy NEX Folded Frame

Not only does this scooter have more power and a longer range than those for younger children, but it looks more grown-up too. Available in sleek black with subtle Hiboy branding, you won’t find anything babyish about the NEX. It’s a scooter made with a teenage fashion sense in mind.

Because of the increased speed and range, the NEX will cost you $269. However, the sturdy build means it will stand the test of time, making it a worthwhile investment. I’d recommend this scooter if you’ve got a teenager at home who needs a bit more independence and wants to ditch the school bus for a more thrilling transport option.

2. Hiboy S2 Lite

Hiboy S2 Lite
This is another great offering from Hiboy, perfect for those teenagers who are looking to upgrade their scooter from a kid’s model to something more grown-up. In many ways, the S2 Lite is very similar to the NEX, however, it comes in a variety of color combinations including pink, white and black, as well as costing slightly less. The range is slightly shorter but still enough to get to and from school without running out of battery.
$269.00 $299.00

Hiboy offers a second scooter that’s ideal for teenagers between the ages of 13 and 14, although it has a few notable differences from the NEX.

Firstly, this scooter is available in a range of colors including soft baby-pink, cool stone-white, and an understated matte-black. This means your teen can choose the scooter that best suits her style.

Pink Hiboy S2 Lite Frame

Another key difference between the two is the range on offer. As mentioned, the NEX can reach a maximum mileage of 13 miles, however, the S2 Lite manages slightly less, achieving 10.6 miles. To be honest, there’s not much between them, although you will see below the advertised range of each depending on terrain and rider characteristics. I would recommend the NEX.

Although the range might be less, the S2 Lite’s deceptively powerful 250W can still deliver an identical top speed of 13 mph and features the same two riding settings as the NEX (beginner and advanced). Many adults would be happy riding a scooter at this pace, let alone a 14-year-old. It also means this scooter has the power to conquer the majority of city inclines (except for the very steepest), although you will find its speed reduced when tackling the more challenging slopes.

Hiboy S2 Lite Front Tire and Deck

Like the NEX, the S2 Lite features a double braking system with a front electric anti-lock brake and a rear foot brake. Combined, the power of these two is more than enough to match the speed of the Lite, bringing it to a smooth and safe stop. For a sharper braking effect, your teen will have to use both brakes together, which could take a bit of practice.

Thanks to its 6.5 inch solid tires, it’s safe to say that the S2 Lite is a city scooter, better matched to smooth urban pathways. A major benefit of solid tires is that they’re practically stress-free because they’ll never suffer a puncture. However, they deliver almost no cushioning and will struggle when riding over rough terrain, especially because the S2 Lite doesn’t come with any inbuilt suspension. This shouldn’t pose too much of a problem if your daughter doesn’t need to ride over any cobblestones and avoids potholes.

Hiboy S2 Lite 6.5 inch Front Tire

A standout feature of the S2 Lite is the powerful front headlight that is a must-have in case your teenager ever finds herself riding in the dark. This is the marker of a great scooter, for older and younger adults alike, but you’d be surprised to know that even more expensive models like the INOKIM Mini don’t feature one. I’d still recommend buying an additional light to increase visibility, but it’s a bonus to see that Hiboy has included this vital safety feature alongside a glow-in-the-dark stem.

Hiboy S2 Lite Four Light System

The headlight can be turned on and off from the button on the handlebars, positioned alongside the LED display in the center. This is a very similar setup as seen on the NEX and is a good way for your daughter to monitor her speed and battery to ensure safe riding. There’s also a bell and a very impressive cruise control feature included so she can give her thumb a rest from holding the throttle when riding at a constant speed.

The S2 Lite weighs just 21 lbs, which makes it incredibly easy to lift and carry. Despite its portability, it is extremely hard-wearing because its frame is constructed from an aviation-grade aluminum alloy which delivers durability without packing on the lbs. Despite this, it’s worth bearing in mind that, similarly to the NEX, the Lite has been built to support a maximum load of 180 lbs, although this will be fine for the majority of young riders.

Hiboy S2 Lite Folded

The S2 Lite and the NEX are similar in many ways, however, if you decide to purchase the former, you’re saving yourself a little bit of cash and gaining the luxury of choosing between multiple color options. This does mean you’ll need to compromise slightly on the range, but if your teenager doesn’t need to go very far, this won’t make much of a difference. Overall, this is a great scooter that’s ideal for students who want to ride to school during the week and cruise city pathways with their friends at the weekend.

15-16 Year Olds

1. INOKIM Mini

INOKIM Mini
Best for 15-16 Year Olds
The INOKIM Mini is a small scooter for small riders. With the Mini, you can guarantee you’re getting high build quality thanks to the reputation of INOKIM, however, you’ll have to spend a bit more and sacrifice an extended range to get it. Despite this, the Mini’s top speed of 15 mph is enough to excite any 15 or 16-year-old and the stylish design will turn heads.
$599.00 $799.00

If you’re looking for a scooter made by a world-renowned and well-trusted brand, look no further. The Mini comes from what some consider to be the king of the scooter world, INOKIM, and channels a luxurious edge.

INOKIM Mini 2 Frame

INOKIM are known for their incredibly high standards, and it shows in the caliber of the scooters they produce. The quality of its build and the attention to design details is perhaps only rivaled by the Unagi Model One which explains why, at $599, it’s on the pricier side. Despite the more expensive price tag (or perhaps because of it), you can guarantee that this is a scooter that will last the test of time, going from the teenage years into adulthood.

Because this scooter is more appropriate for older teens, the Mini takes a step up in terms of speed. It features a 250W motor that can power riders up to 15 mph and has some pretty zippy acceleration, so your daughter can get where she needs to more quickly. To balance this, the Mini has been fitted with a front electric and rear foot brake, similar to those on the Hiboy scooters. These make sure you're in control at all times.

INOKIM Mini 2 Rear Tire and Foot Deck

Whilst it’s on the faster side, it’s clear that this scooter isn’t meant for long journeys. Its 36V Lithium-ion battery can power it for 10 miles on a single charge, which is less than both the Hiboy NEX and the S2 Lite. This is still enough power for leisurely explorations and short commutes but if you want a scooter that you can rely on for longer rides then the Unagi Model One and GoTrax XR Ultra will be better options for you. On the upside, the Mini only takes 3 to 4 hours to reach peak battery capacity.

Because the Mini’s range is on the short side, this scooter is particularly suited to multi-modal journeys, meaning riders spend half of their time on the scooter, with the other portion spent on public transport. Plus, thanks to its lightweight frame (23 lbs) and fast folding mechanism, it’s extremely portable, making it ideal to maneuver and handle when you quickly need to hop on the subway or bus. Alternatively, if you don’t want to carry it, the Mini comes with trolley wheels attached so it can be dragged along behind you.

INOKIM Mini 2 Folded

Like the many other scooters on this list, the Mini features a 6 inch rear solid tire, however, it boasts a front air-filled one which sets it out from the pack. This is because air-filled tires provide extra cushioning and shock absorption to make the ride more comfortable, whilst the back tire is protected from the risk of getting a puncture.

To improve the ride quality even further, INOKIM has equipped the Mini with a rear damper which looks similar to a thick elastic band wrapped around the end of the deck. This is one of the more unique suspension solutions I’ve seen, but it does a great job of taking the strain off the solid back tire and provides a smooth ride over flat urban paths.

INOKIM Mini 2 Rear Suspension

Disappointingly, the Mini doesn’t come with any inbuilt lights, opting for reflectors instead. These are not sufficient for nighttime riding so you’ll need to make sure you purchase additional lights to stay safe. It also doesn’t have a performance display on the handlebars, so you can’t check your speed, although battery level is shown using small battery bar lights. Despite this, it does have a USB charging port so you can charge your phone on the go, although a phone holder will need to be purchased at an additional cost.

INOKIM Mini 2 Folded View From Above

Available in black or white, this is a great scooter for teens up to 165 lbs who want a scooter that’s portable whilst also robust enough to withstand the knocks of daily riding. The maximum speed is perfect for 15 and 16-year-olds, however, those seeking a bit more independence might wish it had a longer range. Ultimately, the price you pay here is for the INOKIM name and the reputation that the brand brings, rather than an outstanding set of specs.

2. GoTrax GXL V2

GoTrax GXL V2
One of the best value scooters on the market. Not only does the GXL V2 come in a choice of 3 colors including eye-popping cerise-pink, sophisticated matt-black, and sleek, neutral grey, but it’s equipped with a whole host of premium features too. Expect pneumatic tires, a dual-braking system, and even cruise control…all for $269.99.
$269.00

When buying an electric scooter for older teens, you need to start looking towards models that can go faster, look cooler, and come packed with a ton of impressive features. This might sound as though it’ll cost you a fortune, but with the GoTrax GXL V2, you can get all of this for just $269.99.

Although this is an ideal scooter for an older teen, the V2 is actually an adult scooter which explains its understated and stylish exterior. It comes in three different colors: an eye-popping cerise-pink, sophisticated matt-black, and sleek, neutral grey. This variety means it’ll appeal to all teens, whether they favor a monochrome style or have a more outlandish fashion sense.

GoTrax GXL V2 Frame

It’s not all about looks though: the V2 delivers where it matters. Thanks to its 250W motor, it can reach a top speed of 15.5 mph, can handle hills with a 14% incline grade, and has a great acceleration curve despite the low price tag.

This faster take-off doesn’t mean it’s unsafe, though. Being able to accelerate faster on an electric scooter is often better as it means riders can navigate other road users more safely. Plus the V2 is a kick-and-go scooter, which means you’ll never be caught unaware by the acceleration as you always need to kick before the motor engages.

When you need to control your speed more closely, you’ll be glad to know that the V2 is equipped with an excellent braking system, featuring a rear disc brake and a front regenerative brake. Disc brakes are highly efficient and are one of the best braking systems so it’s great to see them equipped on a scooter this cheap. You can come to a stop quickly and confidently.

GoTrax GXL V2 Disc Brake

Another mark of the V2’s quality lies in its tires. I’ve mentioned before that solid tires can often make for an uncomfortable riding experience, which is why it’s awesome that the V2 comes with two 8.5-inch air-filled tires. Not only are these bigger than others in this list, but the fact that they are pneumatic means they provide much better shock absorption against obstacles and the terrain underfoot.

GoTrax GXL V2 Front Air-Filled Tire

The V2 doesn’t come with any suspension, so I’d recommended steering clear of potholes but its tires deliver more than enough cushioning to deliver a smooth ride on most urban surfaces.

In terms of range, the GXL V2 can keep going for around 12 miles on a single charge, boasting a recharge time of just 4 hours. This is ideal for teenagers who don’t need to venture too far from home or who use public transport for at least part of their journey. If you need a bit more mileage on the clock, consider the GoTrax XR Ultra or Elite, both of which have a longer range.

There’s a reason that this scooter is a bestseller and it’s not just because of its low price tag. It’s also incredibly durable and well-built. It’ll last for years so you’ll get a great return on your investment, even if you ride it every day. It even comes with a water-resistant rating of IP54 which means it can resist the damaging effects of dirt and light rain.

GoTrax GXL V2 Handlebar Stem

Weighing just 26.4 lbs, the GXL V2 is easy to lift and carry. It comes with a one-step folding system so you can collapse it seamlessly to take it on public transport or store it out of sight. Despite its small weight, it can support riders up to 220 lbs, which makes it ideal for older teenagers.

GoTrax GXL V2 Folded Frame

There’s a good chance that you’ll find yourself riding in the dark, particularly when winter hits, so it’s a good thing that the GXL V2 comes equipped with a bright LED headlight to help illuminate the way ahead. It sadly doesn’t feature a rear light but has a reflector instead. However, this can be solved with the purchase of additional lights.

The headlight can be controlled from the digital display in the center of the handlebars. Here you can see your speed and battery as well as change between gears. You’ll also be able to activate cruise control if you want to give your thumb a rest from pressing on the throttle.

GoTrax GXL V2 Handlebar Display

There’s no doubt that the GXL V2 is fantastic value for money and comes with a bunch of features you’d expect to find on a more expensive scooter. It’s perfect for older teenage girls who want an all-rounder that not only performs well but looks the part too.

17-18 Year Olds

1. Unagi Model One (Single Motor)

Unagi Model One (Single Motor)
Best for 17-18 Year Olds
This is the ultimate tech gadget. Years of testing have delivered a sleek and stylish scooter that’ll be the talking point of your friends. It’s also one of the most durable models on the market thanks to the exotic, hardwearing materials used in its construction. Often labeled the iPhone or Tesla of the scooter world, it’s no surprise that this scooter is expensive.
$840.00

The Unagi Model One is a treat in scooter design and perfect for those teenagers out there that like their gadgets to have a high-class, premium feel to them. This scooter is a result of multiple prototypes and relentless testing, resulting in a machine that is practical and safe whilst hitting all the right style buttons.

Unagi Model One Scooter Unboxing

A complete unboxing and look at the Unagi Model One scooter. From close-ups of the frame to talking through the exotic materials used to mill such a gorgeous scooter, this video will show you exactly what you can expect from the Unagi.

The Model One is available in four fashionable colors: cosmic blue, matt black, sea salt, and scarlet fire. Each option channels a sleek and futuristic vibe thanks to the clean lines of its design. Because of this, you might be tempted to think that the Model One is a delicate scooter, but that would be a mistake. This scooter is one tough cookie.

Unagi Model One Frame and Stand

To begin with, the Unagi’s paint jobs serves more than just a visual purpose. It also acts as a barrier against dust and light rain thanks to its IP54 rating, alongside having special anti-abrasion properties so that can withstand the demands of everyday riding. Even better, it will never rust, so that slick new-scooter shine it has when it comes out of the box won’t disappear anytime soon.

The Model One is made from a fantastic concoction of adventurous materials that combine to make it one of the most hardwearing scooters for teenage riders. Plus, there aren’t many scooters out there that can claim to be made from the same material as space rockets. That’s right — the Model One’s TORAY carbon fiber frame is identical to the stuff Elon Musk uses on his Space-X rockets. Not only is this a cool talking (or boasting) point, but it also means the Model One is extremely hardwearing.

That doesn’t mean it’s overly heavy, though. In fact, at 23 lbs, the Model One is surprisingly easy to lift and carry. Unagi claims that this scooter features the first one-step folding system, which means it’s simple to collapse this scooter for taking on the subway or storing under a desk. Despite its outstanding portability, the Model One can support up to 275 lbs in weight, so can accommodate heavier riders.

Unagi Model One Folded

It’s clear that the Model One is great to look at, can withstand daily riding, and has great portability, but what about when you get out on the road? Don’t worry, this scooter won’t disappoint. The single motor model features a 250W motor which allows it to reach a top speed of 17 mph and handle small city inclines. This is faster than the GoTrax GXL V2 yet the acceleration curve is nice and steady, making for a safe ride.

It also features dual electronic anti-lock brakes, as well as a manual foot brake, to help you keep control over the scooter when riding at any speed. The brake paddle is very sensitive, so even the slightest increase in pressure will cause the Model One to react. When using the combined power of both brakes, you can be confident in coming to a safe stop.

Unagi Model One Rear Wheel and Foot Brake

The Model One is made to be ridden in an urban setting, demonstrated by its 7.5 inch rubber tires. I’ve mentioned the drawbacks of tires like this before, however, Unagi has come up with a clever way of providing increased shock absorption for a more comfortable ride. Rather than being solid all the way through, they contain air pockets which make them softer and more able to cushion against impact. Despite this, they’re not as good as pneumatics, and the Model One doesn’t come with any suspension, so I’d recommend sticking to flat roads to get the best ride quality.

Unagi Model One Innovative Tire Design

With a maximum range of 15.5 miles, the Model One is the ideal city cruiser, giving you just enough freedom to get out and enjoy your independence. This is also ideal if you plan to use the scooter as a method for getting to and from school or work. It has a reasonable recharge time of 4 to 5 hours so you can be back out on the road in no time.

The Model One also features a bright front and rear light for safe riding in the dark. These are great for making you more visible, however, as with most scooters, I’d recommend purchasing additional lights to be on the safe side.

Unagi Model One Bright Front LED Light Close Up

The headlight can be operated from the sci-fi-esque cockpit. The display is integrated seamlessly into the handlebars and shows current riding stats.

Unagi Model One Command Center

This is a beautifully designed scooter that’s been engineered for rider convenience and is ideal for the hip city traveler. Because of this, it’s not cheap. Its many years of intensive testing and scrupulous attention to detail will cost you $840. If you want premium at a budget price, I’d recommend considering the GoTrax XR Ultra or Elite. However, If you want a scooter with a proven pedigree, style by the bucket load, and an extra helping of luxury, you can’t go wrong with the Model One.

2. GoTrax Xr Ultra

GoTrax Xr Ultra
Excellent value for money and perfect for anyone who needs a slightly longer range. The GoTrax XR Ultra costs $349.99 but for that, you’ll get pneumatic tires, a dual-braking system, and a full set of inbuilt lights. Plus, even more impressively, the XR Ultra comes with an LG battery. This is the ultimate teenager budget scooter.
$359.99 $399.99

Not everyone has the budget to buy a scooter like the Unagi, but that’s okay. The GoTrax XR Ultra costs just $359.99 and comes with a surprising number of features for an entry-level scooter.

Now, for $350, you aren’t going to get the same level of design detail as you do with the Model One, nor will it be able to rival the luxurious smorgasbord of materials or color options on offer (it’s only available in black). However, what you will get is excellent value for money and a safe and sturdy scooter that will reliably get the job done.

Riding the GoTrax XR Ultra

It’s portable too. It’s a bit heavier than the Model One, but at 26.5 lbs, I still consider it to be lightweight, especially given that it can support a maximum load of 220 lbs. It’s easy to handle and maneuver, plus the simple folding mechanism means that it can be collapsed in seconds. It’s ideal if you need to take it on public transport or store it when not in use.

GoTrax XR Ultra Folded

When looking at its other features and stats, it’s largely similar to the GXL V2. It boasts the same top speed of 15.5 mph with a responsive acceleration curve that isn’t racecar-fast but is quick enough to propel riders ahead of other bike lane users. At 300W, the engine is bigger than both that of the Unagi Model One and GoTrax GXL V2, so you can expect to be able to tackle more challenging hills, although steep slopes will still be a bit too ambitious.

You’ll see the real difference between the GoTrax GXL V2 and Ultra in their respective ranges. The Ultra has a larger range of 16 miles, which is ideal if you have a medium-length commute to work or school. Even better, it’s powered by a 36V LG battery. In case you didn’t know, LG is one of the most well-respected tech brands so it’s pretty jaw-dropping that a scooter costing less than $350 features one of their batteries. Even the esteemed Unagi Model One can’t claim that.

GoTrax XR Ultra Stand

What does an LG battery mean for you? Well, for one thing, it’s of such high-quality it should last for years to come thanks to its high efficiency. It also means you’re more likely to experience the full 16 miles, whereas other batteries typically put out less than the advertised range when under the strain of aggressive riding. The same can still be said of the Ultra but riders will get much closer to the top mileage than on others. Finally, you only have to wait for 3 to 4 hours for the battery to recharge when it runs flat.

Another feature I’m always pleasantly surprised to see on budget scooters are pneumatic tires. Those on the Ultra are 8.5 inches and provide surprisingly good cushioning against bumps and lumps underfoot. This is important because it doesn’t have any suspension, so the wheels are the final line of defense against harsh hits.

GoTrax XR Ultra Front Wheel and Deck

Pneumatic tires also perform well in wet weather, generating more traction rather than becoming slippery and unsafe. If you do find yourself riding in unpleasant conditions, the Ultra has a water-resistant rating of IP54 which means it can withstand dust damage and light rain. The build quality of the aluminum frame has an overall sturdiness as well, meaning that you can rest assured this scooter is both reliable and safe.

Speaking of safety, the Ultra comes with the same brake setup as seen on the GoTrax GXL V2. This consists of a front regenerative brake and rear mechanical disc brake. These are more than sufficient for the top speed of 15.5 mph and will slow you down quickly and confidently.

GoTrax XR Ultra Rear Disc Braking System

Taking safety a step further, it features a bright headlight, perfect for lighting up the night if you’re going to be riding after dark. Additionally, it comes with a red taillight in the rear, as well as reflectors on each side of the scooter to increase visibility.

Alongside the headlight controls, you’ll find a smart display integrated into the handlebars where you can check your speed and battery. You can even switch between different speed settings. Located beside the display is the ergonomic thumb throttle which, if you hold down for 10 seconds while maintaining a constant speed, will activate cruise control. This is one of the best throttle designs. Some scooters come equipped with throttles that require you to pull them with your index finger but it leaves your grip on the handlebars loose – there’s no worry of this with the Ultra.

GoTrax XR Ultra Handlebar Display

The GoTrax XR Ultra is a great option for anyone on a tight budget – it does everything you need it to for a very reasonable price. It doesn’t have the fanciest features, but as with all GoTrax scooters, it performs way above what you’d expect for a scooter under $350, boasting top features like pneumatic tires, a dual braking system, and a jaw-dropping LG battery.

By Type (Cheap, Foldable, Fast etc)

Cheapest

  1. GoTrax GKS – $99.99
  2. Segway ZING E8 – $219.99
  3. Segway ZING E10 – $229.99
  4. GoTrax GXL V2 – $269.00

Further Information:

Best Cheap Electric Scooters

Foldable, Light & Portable

  1. Segway ZING E8 – Weighs 17.6 lbs and has folded dimensions of 34.4 × 13.2 × 12.6 inches
  2. Segway ZING E10 – Weighs 18.7 lbs and has folded dimensions of 38.6 x 15.7 x 12.6 inches
  3. Hiboy S2 Lite – Weighs 21 lbs and has folded dimensions of 43.3 x 17.7 x 11 inches
  4. Unagi Model One (Single Motor) – Weighs 23 lbs and has folded dimensions of 14.96 x 16.54 x 37.8 inches
  5. INOKIM Mini– Weighs 23 lbs and has folded dimensions of 11.8 x 14.2 x 15 inches

Commuting

  1. Unagi Model One (Single Motor) – An ideal commuter scooter thanks to its portability, easy folding mechanism, and zippy inner-city speed. The materials used in its construction mean it’s very durable and can withstand the rigor of day-to-day riding.
  2. GoTrax XR Ultra – With a long-range for more extended commuting and a light folding frame, getting from A to B is easy. Its pneumatic tires also mean a smooth ride over city paths.
  3. Gotrax GXL V2 – Bike-lane ready top speed makes it well suited for cruising through urban environments. Its pneumatic tires make for comfortable ride quality and it’s light and portable for ease of transport.

Further Information:

Electric Scooters for Commuting

Longest Range

Biggest Wheels

  1. GoTrax XR Ultra – 8.5 inch pneumatic (air-filled) tires
  2. Gotrax GXL V2 – B8.5 inch pneumatic (air-filled) tires

Further Information:

Electric Scooters with Big Wheels

The post Best Girls Electric Scooters (6-18 Years Old) appeared first on Electric Scooter Insider.

]]>